1/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4: 2 * 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar 4 * 5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. 6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. 7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. 8 */ 9 10/* 11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode 12 */ 13 14#include "vim.h" 15 16#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 17/* 18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode 19 */ 20#define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100 21 22#define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1 23#define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2 24#define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3 25#define CTRL_X_FILES 4 26#define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 27#define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 28#define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 29#define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8 30#define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 31#define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 32#define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11 33#define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12 34#define CTRL_X_OMNI 13 35#define CTRL_X_SPELL 14 36#define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */ 37 38#define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT] 39 40static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] = 41{ 42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */ 43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"), 44 NULL, 45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"), 46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"), 47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"), 48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"), 49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"), 50 NULL, 51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"), 52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"), 53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"), 54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"), 55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"), 56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"), 57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"), 58}; 59 60static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph"); 61 62/* 63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion. 64 */ 65typedef struct compl_S compl_T; 66struct compl_S 67{ 68 compl_T *cp_next; 69 compl_T *cp_prev; 70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */ 71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */ 72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */ 73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when 74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */ 75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */ 76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */ 77}; 78 79#define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */ 80#define FREE_FNAME (2) 81 82/* 83 * All the current matches are stored in a list. 84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list. 85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry. 86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during 87 * ins_compl_get_exp(). 88 */ 89static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL; 90static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL; 91static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL; 92 93/* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu, 94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */ 95static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 96 97/* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string 98 * are used. */ 99static char_u *compl_leader = NULL; 100 101static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string 102 in compl_leader */ 103 104static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When 105 FALSE the match was edited or using 106 the longest common string. */ 107 108static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding 109 completions. */ 110 111static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */ 112 113/* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's 114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */ 115static int compl_started = FALSE; 116 117/* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively, 118 * which is not allowed. */ 119static int compl_busy = FALSE; 120 121static int compl_matches = 0; 122static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL; 123static int compl_direction = FORWARD; 124static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD; 125static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */ 126static pos_T compl_startpos; 127static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts 128 * that is being completed */ 129static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before 130 * completion started */ 131static int compl_cont_mode = 0; 132static expand_T compl_xp; 133 134static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void)); 135static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt)); 136static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c)); 137static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup)); 138static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len)); 139static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match)); 140static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase)); 141static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void)); 142static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void)); 143static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void)); 144static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void)); 145static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void)); 146static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus)); 147static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir)); 148static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr)); 149static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void)); 150static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void)); 151static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void)); 152static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void)); 153static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c)); 154static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void)); 155static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void)); 156static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str)); 157static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void)); 158static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c)); 159static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag)); 160#if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) 161static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list)); 162#endif 163static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini)); 164static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void)); 165static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void)); 166static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match)); 167static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c)); 168static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c)); 169static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c)); 170static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c)); 171static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c)); 172static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len)); 173#endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 174 175#define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1 176#define BACKSPACE_WORD 2 177#define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3 178#define BACKSPACE_LINE 4 179 180static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready)); 181static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void)); 182static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void)); 183static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int)); 184static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c)); 185static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int)); 186static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c)); 187static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos)); 188#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 189static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void)); 190static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void)); 191static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */ 192#endif 193static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc)); 194static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int)); 195static int replace_pop __ARGS((void)); 196static void replace_join __ARGS((int off)); 197static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void)); 198#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 199static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc)); 200#endif 201static void replace_flush __ARGS((void)); 202static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col)); 203static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col)); 204#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 205static int cindent_on __ARGS((void)); 206#endif 207static void ins_reg __ARGS((void)); 208static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void)); 209static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void)); 210static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove)); 211#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 212static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void)); 213#endif 214#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 215static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c)); 216#endif 217static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState)); 218static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void)); 219static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc)); 220static void ins_del __ARGS((void)); 221static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p)); 222#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 223static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c)); 224static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int dir)); 225#endif 226#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 227static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c)); 228#endif 229static void ins_left __ARGS((void)); 230static void ins_home __ARGS((int c)); 231static void ins_end __ARGS((int c)); 232static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void)); 233static void ins_right __ARGS((void)); 234static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void)); 235static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol)); 236static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void)); 237static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol)); 238static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void)); 239#ifdef FEAT_DND 240static void ins_drop __ARGS((void)); 241#endif 242static int ins_tab __ARGS((void)); 243static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c)); 244#ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 245static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void)); 246#endif 247static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum)); 248static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc)); 249#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 250static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c)); 251#endif 252static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void)); 253 254static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */ 255static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */ 256 257static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert, 258 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */ 259static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */ 260static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */ 261static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */ 262 263#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 264static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */ 265#endif 266 267static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */ 268 269#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 270static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */ 271static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */ 272static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */ 273static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */ 274#endif 275 276static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a 277 char. Set when edit() is called. 278 after that arrow_used is used. */ 279 280static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space 281 under the cursor */ 282 283/* 284 * edit(): Start inserting text. 285 * 286 * "cmdchar" can be: 287 * 'i' normal insert command 288 * 'a' normal append command 289 * 'R' replace command 290 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo, 291 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo. 292 * 'g' "gI" command. 293 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode. 294 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode. 295 * 296 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns 297 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command. 298 * 299 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending). 300 */ 301 int 302edit(cmdchar, startln, count) 303 int cmdchar; 304 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */ 305 long count; 306{ 307 int c = 0; 308 char_u *ptr; 309 int lastc; 310 int mincol; 311 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0; 312 int i; 313 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */ 314#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 315 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */ 316#endif 317 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */ 318#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 319 int old_topfill = -1; 320#endif 321 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */ 322 int replaceState = REPLACE; 323 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */ 324 int orig_count = count; /* for autoindent calculation */ 325 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */ 326 did_restart_edit = restart_edit; 327 328 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an 329 * error message */ 330 check_for_delay(TRUE); 331 332#ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX 333 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */ 334 if (sandbox != 0) 335 { 336 EMSG(_(e_sandbox)); 337 return FALSE; 338 } 339#endif 340 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The 341 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */ 342 if (textlock != 0) 343 { 344 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 345 return FALSE; 346 } 347 348#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 349 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */ 350 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible()) 351 { 352 EMSG(_(e_secure)); 353 return FALSE; 354 } 355 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */ 356#endif 357 358#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 359 /* 360 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx". 361 */ 362 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 363 { 364# ifdef FEAT_EVAL 365 if (cmdchar == 'R') 366 ptr = (char_u *)"r"; 367 else if (cmdchar == 'V') 368 ptr = (char_u *)"v"; 369 else 370 ptr = (char_u *)"i"; 371 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1); 372# endif 373 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 374 } 375#endif 376 377#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 378 /* Check if the cursor line needs redrawing before changing State. If 379 * 'concealcursor' is "n" it needs to be redrawn without concealing. */ 380 conceal_check_cursur_line(); 381#endif 382 383#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 384 /* 385 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to 386 * where the paste started. 387 */ 388 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0) 389 Insstart = where_paste_started; 390 else 391#endif 392 { 393 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 394 if (startln) 395 Insstart.col = 0; 396 } 397 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 398 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL; 399 if (!did_ai) 400 ai_col = 0; 401 402 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0) 403 { 404 ResetRedobuff(); 405 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count); 406#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 407 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 408 { 409 /* "gR" or "gr" command */ 410 AppendCharToRedobuff('g'); 411 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R'); 412 } 413 else 414#endif 415 { 416 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar); 417 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */ 418 AppendCharToRedobuff('I'); 419 else if (cmdchar == 'r' && !Unix2003_compat) /* "r<CR>" command */ 420 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */ 421 } 422 } 423 424 if (cmdchar == 'R') 425 { 426#ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 427 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 428 { 429 beep_flush(); 430 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 431 State = INSERT; 432 } 433 else 434#endif 435 State = REPLACE; 436 } 437#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 438 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v') 439 { 440 State = VREPLACE; 441 replaceState = VREPLACE; 442 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 443 vr_lines_changed = 1; 444 } 445#endif 446 else 447 State = INSERT; 448 449 stop_insert_mode = FALSE; 450 451 /* 452 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is 453 * on a TAB or special character. 454 */ 455 curs_columns(TRUE); 456 457 /* 458 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'. 459 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the 460 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated 461 * when hitting <Esc>. 462 */ 463 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP) 464 State |= LANGMAP; 465#ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 466 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM); 467#endif 468 469#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 470 setmouse(); 471#endif 472#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 473 clear_showcmd(); 474#endif 475#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 476 /* there is no reverse replace mode */ 477 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 478 if (revins_on) 479 undisplay_dollar(); 480 revins_chars = 0; 481 revins_legal = 0; 482 revins_scol = -1; 483#endif 484 485 /* 486 * Handle restarting Insert mode. 487 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with 488 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer. 489 */ 490 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty()) 491 { 492#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 493 /* 494 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for 495 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too. 496 */ 497 if (where_paste_started.lnum) 498 arrow_used = FALSE; 499 else 500#endif 501 arrow_used = TRUE; 502 restart_edit = 0; 503 504 /* 505 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is 506 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not 507 * correct in very rare cases). 508 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual 509 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|". 510 */ 511 validate_virtcol(); 512 update_curswant(); 513 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum) 514 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol) 515 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL) 516 { 517 if (ptr[1] == NUL) 518 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 519#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 520 else if (has_mbyte) 521 { 522 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 523 if (ptr[i] == NUL) 524 curwin->w_cursor.col += i; 525 } 526#endif 527 } 528 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 529 } 530 else 531 arrow_used = FALSE; 532 533 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */ 534 need_start_insertmode = FALSE; 535 536 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */ 537 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 538 539#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 540 where_paste_started.lnum = 0; 541#endif 542#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 543 can_cindent = TRUE; 544#endif 545#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 546 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or 547 * restarting. */ 548 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 549 foldOpenCursor(); 550#endif 551 552 /* 553 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode. 554 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before 555 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any. 556 */ 557 i = 0; 558 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0) 559 i = showmode(); 560 561 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0) 562 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1); 563 564#ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 565 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 566#endif 567#ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 568 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 569#endif 570 571 /* 572 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be 573 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters. 574 */ 575 ptr = get_inserted(); 576 if (ptr == NULL) 577 new_insert_skip = 0; 578 else 579 { 580 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 581 vim_free(ptr); 582 } 583 584 old_indent = 0; 585 586 /* 587 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left. 588 */ 589 for (;;) 590 { 591#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 592 if (!revins_legal) 593 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */ 594 else 595 revins_legal = 0; 596#endif 597 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */ 598 count = 0; 599 600 if (stop_insert_mode) 601 { 602 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */ 603 count = 0; 604 goto doESCkey; 605 } 606 607 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */ 608 if (!arrow_used) 609 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 610 611 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a 612 * menu invoked a shell command). */ 613 if (stuff_empty()) 614 { 615 did_check_timestamps = FALSE; 616 if (need_check_timestamps) 617 check_timestamps(FALSE); 618 } 619 620 /* 621 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set. 622 */ 623 msg_scroll = FALSE; 624 625#ifdef FEAT_GUI 626 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to 627 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an 628 * autocommand. */ 629 if (need_mouse_correct) 630 gui_mouse_correct(); 631#endif 632 633#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 634 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */ 635 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT) 636 foldOpenCursor(); 637 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */ 638 if (!char_avail()) 639 foldCheckClose(); 640#endif 641 642 /* 643 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in 644 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra 645 * redraw. 646 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting 647 * something. 648 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has 649 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())). 650 */ 651 if (curbuf->b_mod_set 652 && curwin->w_p_wrap 653 && !did_backspace 654 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline 655#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 656 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill 657#endif 658 ) 659 { 660 mincol = curwin->w_wcol; 661 validate_cursor_col(); 662 663 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts 664 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin) 665 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so 666 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline 667#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 668 || curwin->w_topfill > 0 669#endif 670 )) 671 { 672#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 673 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0) 674 --curwin->w_topfill; 675 else 676#endif 677#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 678 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline)) 679 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1); 680 else 681#endif 682 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1); 683 } 684 } 685 686 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */ 687 update_topline(); 688 689 did_backspace = FALSE; 690 691 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */ 692 693 /* 694 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting. 695 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor. 696 */ 697 ins_redraw(TRUE); 698 699#ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND 700 if (curwin->w_p_scb) 701 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE); 702#endif 703 704#ifdef FEAT_CURSORBIND 705 if (curwin->w_p_crb) 706 do_check_cursorbind(); 707#endif 708 update_curswant(); 709 old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 710#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 711 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 712#endif 713 714#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 715 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 716#endif 717 718 /* 719 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE. 720 */ 721 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */ 722 do 723 { 724 c = safe_vgetc(); 725 } while (c == K_IGNORE); 726 727#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 728 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */ 729 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 730#endif 731 732#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 733 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 734 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 735#endif 736#ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 737 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 738 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 739#endif 740 741#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 742 /* 743 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted 744 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is 745 * a match, skip this when no matches were found. 746 */ 747 if (compl_started 748 && pum_wanted() 749 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col 750 && (compl_shown_match == NULL 751 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next)) 752 { 753 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */ 754 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H) 755 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col 756 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL) 757 continue; 758 759 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */ 760 if (!compl_used_match) 761 { 762 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to 763 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and 764 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */ 765 if (c == Ctrl_L 766 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 767 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str) 768 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)) 769 { 770 ins_compl_addfrommatch(); 771 continue; 772 } 773 774 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current 775 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */ 776 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c)) 777 { 778 ins_compl_addleader(c); 779 continue; 780 } 781 782 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When 783 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 784 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 785 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 786 { 787 ins_compl_delete(); 788 ins_compl_insert(); 789 } 790 } 791 } 792 793 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but 794 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */ 795 compl_get_longest = FALSE; 796 if (ins_compl_prep(c)) 797 continue; 798#endif 799 800 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode, 801 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode', 802 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */ 803 if (c == Ctrl_BSL) 804 { 805 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 806 ins_redraw(FALSE); 807 ++no_mapping; 808 ++allow_keys; 809 c = plain_vgetc(); 810 --no_mapping; 811 --allow_keys; 812 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O) 813 { 814 /* it's something else */ 815 vungetc(c); 816 c = Ctrl_BSL; 817 } 818 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im) 819 continue; 820 else 821 { 822 if (c == Ctrl_O) 823 { 824 ins_ctrl_o(); 825 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */ 826 nomove = TRUE; 827 } 828 count = 0; 829 goto doESCkey; 830 } 831 } 832 833#ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 834 c = do_digraph(c); 835#endif 836 837#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 838 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 839 goto docomplete; 840#endif 841 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) 842 { 843 ins_ctrl_v(); 844 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */ 845 continue; 846 } 847 848#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 849 if (cindent_on() 850# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 851 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 852# endif 853 ) 854 { 855 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be 856 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below. 857 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be 858 * done before inserting the key. */ 859 line_is_white = inindent(0); 860 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white)) 861 goto force_cindent; 862 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white) 863 && stop_arrow() == OK) 864 do_c_expr_indent(); 865 } 866#endif 867 868#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 869 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 870 switch (c) 871 { 872 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break; 873 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break; 874 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break; 875 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break; 876 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break; 877 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break; 878 } 879#endif 880 881#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 882 /* 883 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it 884 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these 885 * characters. 886 */ 887 if (ins_start_select(c)) 888 continue; 889#endif 890 891 /* 892 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode. 893 */ 894 switch (c) 895 { 896 case ESC: /* End input mode */ 897 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF)) 898 break; 899 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 900 901 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */ 902#ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 903 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0) 904 { 905 /* Close the cmdline window. */ 906 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE; 907 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */ 908 nomove = TRUE; 909 goto doESCkey; 910 } 911#endif 912 913#ifdef UNIX 914do_intr: 915#endif 916 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave 917 * Insert mode */ 918 if (goto_im()) 919 { 920 if (got_int) 921 { 922 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */ 923 got_int = FALSE; 924 } 925 else 926 vim_beep(); 927 break; 928 } 929doESCkey: 930 /* 931 * This is the ONLY return from edit()! 932 */ 933 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line 934 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */ 935 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 936 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 937 938 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove)) 939 { 940#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 941 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 942 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL, 943 FALSE, curbuf); 944 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 945#endif 946 return (c == Ctrl_O); 947 } 948 continue; 949 950 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */ 951 if (!p_im) 952 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */ 953 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r"); 954 c = Ctrl_O; 955 /*FALLTHROUGH*/ 956 957 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */ 958#ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 959 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 960 goto docomplete; 961#endif 962 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF)) 963 break; 964 ins_ctrl_o(); 965 966#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 967 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */ 968 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) 969 { 970 ins_at_eol = FALSE; 971 nomove = TRUE; 972 } 973#endif 974 count = 0; 975 goto doESCkey; 976 977 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */ 978 case K_KINS: 979 ins_insert(replaceState); 980 break; 981 982 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */ 983 break; 984 985#ifdef FEAT_SNIFF 986 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */ 987 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF); 988 goto doESCkey; 989#endif 990 991 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */ 992 case K_F1: 993 case K_XF1: 994 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP); 995 if (p_im) 996 need_start_insertmode = TRUE; 997 goto doESCkey; 998 999#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 1000 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */ 1001 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 1002 i = plain_vgetc(); 1003 --no_mapping; 1004 netbeans_keycommand(i); 1005 break; 1006#endif 1007 1008 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */ 1009 case NUL: 1010 case Ctrl_A: 1011 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an 1012 * error. */ 1013 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL 1014 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im) 1015 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */ 1016 inserted_space = FALSE; 1017 break; 1018 1019 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */ 1020 ins_reg(); 1021 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1022 inserted_space = FALSE; 1023 break; 1024 1025 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */ 1026 ins_ctrl_g(); 1027 break; 1028 1029 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */ 1030 ins_ctrl_hat(); 1031 break; 1032 1033#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1034 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */ 1035 if (!p_ari) 1036 goto normalchar; 1037 ins_ctrl_(); 1038 break; 1039#endif 1040 1041 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */ 1042#if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1043 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 1044 goto docomplete; 1045#endif 1046 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1047 1048 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */ 1049# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1050 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 1051 { 1052 if (has_compl_option(FALSE)) 1053 goto docomplete; 1054 break; 1055 } 1056# endif 1057 ins_shift(c, lastc); 1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1059 inserted_space = FALSE; 1060 break; 1061 1062 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */ 1063 case K_KDEL: 1064 ins_del(); 1065 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1066 break; 1067 1068 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */ 1069 case Ctrl_H: 1070 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space); 1071 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1072 break; 1073 1074 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */ 1075 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space); 1076 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1077 break; 1078 1079 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */ 1080# ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 1081 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */ 1082 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) 1083 goto docomplete; 1084# endif 1085 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space); 1086 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1087 inserted_space = FALSE; 1088 break; 1089 1090#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 1091 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */ 1092 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM: 1093 case K_LEFTDRAG: 1094 case K_LEFTRELEASE: 1095 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM: 1096 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE: 1097 case K_MIDDLEDRAG: 1098 case K_MIDDLERELEASE: 1099 case K_RIGHTMOUSE: 1100 case K_RIGHTDRAG: 1101 case K_RIGHTRELEASE: 1102 case K_X1MOUSE: 1103 case K_X1DRAG: 1104 case K_X1RELEASE: 1105 case K_X2MOUSE: 1106 case K_X2DRAG: 1107 case K_X2RELEASE: 1108 ins_mouse(c); 1109 break; 1110 1111 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */ 1112 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_DOWN); 1113 break; 1114 1115 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */ 1116 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_UP); 1117 break; 1118 1119 case K_MOUSELEFT: /* Scroll wheel left */ 1120 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_LEFT); 1121 break; 1122 1123 case K_MOUSERIGHT: /* Scroll wheel right */ 1124 ins_mousescroll(MSCR_RIGHT); 1125 break; 1126#endif 1127#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE 1128 case K_TABLINE: 1129 case K_TABMENU: 1130 ins_tabline(c); 1131 break; 1132#endif 1133 1134 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */ 1135 break; 1136 1137#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1138 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */ 1139 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1140 did_cursorhold = TRUE; 1141 break; 1142#endif 1143 1144#ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32 1145 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was 1146 * cancelled. */ 1147 case K_F4: 1148 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT) 1149 goto normalchar; 1150 break; 1151#endif 1152 1153#ifdef FEAT_GUI 1154 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR: 1155 ins_scroll(); 1156 break; 1157 1158 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR: 1159 ins_horscroll(); 1160 break; 1161#endif 1162 1163 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */ 1164 case K_KHOME: 1165 case K_S_HOME: 1166 case K_C_HOME: 1167 ins_home(c); 1168 break; 1169 1170 case K_END: /* <End> */ 1171 case K_KEND: 1172 case K_S_END: 1173 case K_C_END: 1174 ins_end(c); 1175 break; 1176 1177 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */ 1178 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1179 ins_s_left(); 1180 else 1181 ins_left(); 1182 break; 1183 1184 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */ 1185 case K_C_LEFT: 1186 ins_s_left(); 1187 break; 1188 1189 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */ 1190 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 1191 ins_s_right(); 1192 else 1193 ins_right(); 1194 break; 1195 1196 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */ 1197 case K_C_RIGHT: 1198 ins_s_right(); 1199 break; 1200 1201 case K_UP: /* <Up> */ 1202#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1203 if (pum_visible()) 1204 goto docomplete; 1205#endif 1206 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1207 ins_pageup(); 1208 else 1209 ins_up(FALSE); 1210 break; 1211 1212 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */ 1213 case K_PAGEUP: 1214 case K_KPAGEUP: 1215#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1216 if (pum_visible()) 1217 goto docomplete; 1218#endif 1219 ins_pageup(); 1220 break; 1221 1222 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */ 1223#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1224 if (pum_visible()) 1225 goto docomplete; 1226#endif 1227 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) 1228 ins_pagedown(); 1229 else 1230 ins_down(FALSE); 1231 break; 1232 1233 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */ 1234 case K_PAGEDOWN: 1235 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 1236#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1237 if (pum_visible()) 1238 goto docomplete; 1239#endif 1240 ins_pagedown(); 1241 break; 1242 1243#ifdef FEAT_DND 1244 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */ 1245 ins_drop(); 1246 break; 1247#endif 1248 1249 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */ 1250 c = TAB; 1251 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1252 1253 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */ 1254#if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID) 1255 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 1256 goto docomplete; 1257#endif 1258 inserted_space = FALSE; 1259 if (ins_tab()) 1260 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */ 1261 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1262 break; 1263 1264 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */ 1265 c = CAR; 1266 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1267 case CAR: 1268 case NL: 1269#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX) 1270 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the 1271 * cursor. */ 1272 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR) 1273 { 1274 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */ 1275 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc"); 1276 else /* location list window */ 1277 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll"); 1278 break; 1279 } 1280#endif 1281#ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 1282 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 1283 { 1284 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */ 1285 cmdwin_result = CAR; 1286 goto doESCkey; 1287 } 1288#endif 1289 if (Unix2003_compat && (cmdchar == 'r') && (orig_count > 1)) 1290 did_ai = TRUE; 1291 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im) 1292 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */ 1293 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE); 1294 inserted_space = FALSE; 1295 break; 1296 1297#if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) 1298 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */ 1299# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1300 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY) 1301 { 1302 if (has_compl_option(TRUE)) 1303 goto docomplete; 1304 break; 1305 } 1306# endif 1307# ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 1308 c = ins_digraph(); 1309 if (c == NUL) 1310 break; 1311# endif 1312 goto normalchar; 1313#endif 1314 1315#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1316 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */ 1317 ins_ctrl_x(); 1318 break; 1319 1320 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */ 1321 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS) 1322 goto normalchar; 1323 goto docomplete; 1324 1325 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */ 1326 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES) 1327 goto normalchar; 1328 goto docomplete; 1329 1330 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */ 1331 case Ctrl_S: 1332 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL) 1333 goto normalchar; 1334 goto docomplete; 1335#endif 1336 1337 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */ 1338#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1339 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 1340#endif 1341 { 1342 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */ 1343 if (p_im) 1344 { 1345 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF)) 1346 break; 1347 goto doESCkey; 1348 } 1349 goto normalchar; 1350 } 1351#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1352 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 1353 1354 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */ 1355 case Ctrl_N: 1356 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special, 1357 * but it is under other ^X modes */ 1358 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL 1359 && ctrl_x_mode != 0 1360 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)) 1361 goto normalchar; 1362 1363docomplete: 1364 compl_busy = TRUE; 1365 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL) 1366 compl_cont_status = 0; 1367 compl_busy = FALSE; 1368 break; 1369#endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 1370 1371 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */ 1372 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */ 1373 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c); 1374 break; 1375 1376 default: 1377#ifdef UNIX 1378 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */ 1379 goto do_intr; 1380#endif 1381 1382 /* 1383 * Insert a nomal character. 1384 */ 1385normalchar: 1386#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 1387 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */ 1388 ins_try_si(c); 1389#endif 1390 1391 if (c == ' ') 1392 { 1393 inserted_space = TRUE; 1394#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1395 if (inindent(0)) 1396 can_cindent = FALSE; 1397#endif 1398 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL 1399 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 1400 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 1401 } 1402 1403 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr( 1404#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1405 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is 1406 * what check_abbr() expects. */ 1407 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) : 1408#endif 1409 c)) 1410 { 1411 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE); 1412#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1413 revins_legal++; 1414 revins_chars++; 1415#endif 1416 } 1417 1418 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 1419 1420#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 1421 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a 1422 * closed fold. */ 1423 foldOpenCursor(); 1424#endif 1425 break; 1426 } /* end of switch (c) */ 1427 1428#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1429 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */ 1430 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD) 1431 did_cursorhold = FALSE; 1432#endif 1433 1434 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */ 1435 if (arrow_used) 1436 inserted_space = FALSE; 1437 1438#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 1439 if (can_cindent && cindent_on() 1440# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1441 && ctrl_x_mode == 0 1442# endif 1443 ) 1444 { 1445force_cindent: 1446 /* 1447 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 1448 */ 1449 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white)) 1450 { 1451 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 1452 /* re-indent the current line */ 1453 do_c_expr_indent(); 1454 } 1455 } 1456#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 1457 1458 } /* for (;;) */ 1459 /* NOTREACHED */ 1460} 1461 1462/* 1463 * Redraw for Insert mode. 1464 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo' 1465 * option work correctly. 1466 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up 1467 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R). 1468 */ 1469 static void 1470ins_redraw(ready) 1471 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */ 1472{ 1473#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1474 linenr_T conceal_old_cursor_line = 0; 1475 linenr_T conceal_new_cursor_line = 0; 1476 int conceal_update_lines = FALSE; 1477#endif 1478 1479 if (!char_avail()) 1480 { 1481#if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) || defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1482 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is 1483 * visible, the command might delete it. */ 1484 if (ready && ( 1485# ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1486 has_cursormovedI() 1487# endif 1488# if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1489 || 1490# endif 1491# ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1492 curwin->w_p_cole > 0 1493# endif 1494 ) 1495 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor) 1496# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 1497 && !pum_visible() 1498# endif 1499 ) 1500 { 1501# ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL 1502 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax 1503 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting 1504 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done 1505 * again below, unfortunately. */ 1506 if (syntax_present(curwin) && must_redraw) 1507 update_screen(0); 1508# endif 1509# ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 1510 if (has_cursormovedI()) 1511 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 1512# endif 1513# ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL 1514 if (curwin->w_p_cole > 0) 1515 { 1516 conceal_old_cursor_line = last_cursormoved.lnum; 1517 conceal_new_cursor_line = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 1518 conceal_update_lines = TRUE; 1519 } 1520# endif 1521 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor; 1522 } 1523#endif 1524 if (must_redraw) 1525 update_screen(0); 1526 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline) 1527 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */ 1528# if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) 1529 if ((conceal_update_lines 1530 && (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line 1531 || conceal_cursor_line(curwin))) 1532 || need_cursor_line_redraw) 1533 { 1534 if (conceal_old_cursor_line != conceal_new_cursor_line) 1535 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_old_cursor_line); 1536 update_single_line(curwin, conceal_new_cursor_line == 0 1537 ? curwin->w_cursor.lnum : conceal_new_cursor_line); 1538 curwin->w_valid &= ~VALID_CROW; 1539 } 1540# endif 1541 showruler(FALSE); 1542 setcursor(); 1543 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */ 1544 } 1545} 1546 1547/* 1548 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode. 1549 */ 1550 static void 1551ins_ctrl_v() 1552{ 1553 int c; 1554 1555 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 1556 ins_redraw(FALSE); 1557 1558 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 1559 edit_putchar('^', TRUE); 1560 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 1561 1562#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1563 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V); 1564#endif 1565 1566 c = get_literal(); 1567 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '^' is at the start 1568 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ 1569#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 1570 clear_showcmd(); 1571#endif 1572 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE); 1573#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1574 revins_chars++; 1575 revins_legal++; 1576#endif 1577} 1578 1579/* 1580 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer. 1581 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode. 1582 */ 1583static int pc_status; 1584#define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */ 1585#define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */ 1586#define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */ 1587#define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */ 1588#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1589static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */ 1590#else 1591static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */ 1592#endif 1593static int pc_attr; 1594static int pc_row; 1595static int pc_col; 1596 1597 void 1598edit_putchar(c, highlight) 1599 int c; 1600 int highlight; 1601{ 1602 int attr; 1603 1604 if (ScreenLines != NULL) 1605 { 1606 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */ 1607 validate_cursor(); 1608 if (highlight) 1609 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8); 1610 else 1611 attr = 0; 1612 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow; 1613 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin); 1614#if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1615 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 1616#endif 1617#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 1618 if (curwin->w_p_rl) 1619 { 1620 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol; 1621# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1622 if (has_mbyte) 1623 { 1624 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row); 1625 1626 if (fix_col != pc_col) 1627 { 1628 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr); 1629 --curwin->w_wcol; 1630 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT; 1631 } 1632 } 1633# endif 1634 } 1635 else 1636#endif 1637 { 1638 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol; 1639#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1640 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col)) 1641 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT; 1642#endif 1643 } 1644 1645 /* save the character to be able to put it back */ 1646#if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1647 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET) 1648#endif 1649 { 1650 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr); 1651 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET; 1652 } 1653 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr); 1654 } 1655} 1656 1657/* 1658 * Undo the previous edit_putchar(). 1659 */ 1660 void 1661edit_unputchar() 1662{ 1663 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled) 1664 { 1665#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) 1666 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT) 1667 ++curwin->w_wcol; 1668 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT) 1669 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1670 else 1671#endif 1672 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr); 1673 } 1674} 1675 1676/* 1677 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text 1678 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes. 1679 */ 1680 void 1681display_dollar(col) 1682 colnr_T col; 1683{ 1684 colnr_T save_col; 1685 1686 if (!redrawing()) 1687 return; 1688 1689 cursor_off(); 1690 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1691 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 1692#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1693 if (has_mbyte) 1694 { 1695 char_u *p; 1696 1697 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */ 1698 p = ml_get_curline(); 1699 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col); 1700 } 1701#endif 1702 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */ 1703 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin)) 1704 { 1705 edit_putchar('$', FALSE); 1706 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 1707 } 1708 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 1709} 1710 1711/* 1712 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position 1713 * in insert mode. 1714 */ 1715 static void 1716undisplay_dollar() 1717{ 1718 if (dollar_vcol) 1719 { 1720 dollar_vcol = 0; 1721 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE); 1722 } 1723} 1724 1725/* 1726 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D). 1727 * Keep the cursor on the same character. 1728 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>) 1729 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D) 1730 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount" 1731 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec). 1732 */ 1733 void 1734change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes) 1735 int type; 1736 int amount; 1737 int round; 1738 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */ 1739 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */ 1740{ 1741 int vcol; 1742 int last_vcol; 1743 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */ 1744 int new_cursor_col; 1745 int i; 1746 char_u *ptr; 1747 int save_p_list; 1748 int start_col; 1749 colnr_T vc; 1750#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1751 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */ 1752 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 1753 1754 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */ 1755 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1756 { 1757 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */ 1758 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1759 } 1760#endif 1761 1762 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */ 1763 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list; 1764 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 1765 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 1766 vcol = vc; 1767 1768 /* 1769 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only 1770 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of 1771 * characters before the cursor if it's possible. 1772 */ 1773 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1774 1775 /* determine offset from first non-blank */ 1776 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1777 beginline(BL_WHITE); 1778 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1779 1780 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1781 1782 /* 1783 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the 1784 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank. 1785 */ 1786 if (new_cursor_col < 0) 1787 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1788 1789 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */ 1790 start_col = -1; 1791 1792 /* 1793 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank. 1794 */ 1795 if (type == INDENT_SET) 1796 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0); 1797 else 1798 { 1799#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1800 int save_State = State; 1801 1802 /* Avoid being called recursively. */ 1803 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1804 State = INSERT; 1805#endif 1806 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes); 1807#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1808 State = save_State; 1809#endif 1810 } 1811 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 1812 1813 /* 1814 * Try to put cursor on same character. 1815 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line, 1816 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first 1817 * non-blank character. 1818 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank. 1819 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative 1820 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns. 1821 */ 1822 if (new_cursor_col >= 0) 1823 { 1824 /* 1825 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset 1826 * Insstart_col to 0. 1827 */ 1828 if (new_cursor_col == 0) 1829 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1830 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col; 1831 } 1832 else if (!(State & INSERT)) 1833 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 1834 else 1835 { 1836 /* 1837 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be. 1838 */ 1839 vcol = get_indent() - vcol; 1840 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol); 1841 1842 /* 1843 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column. 1844 */ 1845 vcol = last_vcol = 0; 1846 new_cursor_col = -1; 1847 ptr = ml_get_curline(); 1848 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1849 { 1850 last_vcol = vcol; 1851#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 1852 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0) 1853 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col); 1854 else 1855#endif 1856 ++new_cursor_col; 1857 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol); 1858 } 1859 vcol = last_vcol; 1860 1861 /* 1862 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on 1863 * the right screen column. 1864 */ 1865 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol) 1866 { 1867 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1868 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol; 1869 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1)); 1870 if (ptr != NULL) 1871 { 1872 new_cursor_col += i; 1873 ptr[i] = NUL; 1874 while (--i >= 0) 1875 ptr[i] = ' '; 1876 ins_str(ptr); 1877 vim_free(ptr); 1878 } 1879 } 1880 1881 /* 1882 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset 1883 * Insstart_col to 0. 1884 */ 1885 insstart_less = MAXCOL; 1886 } 1887 1888 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list; 1889 1890 if (new_cursor_col <= 0) 1891 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 1892 else 1893 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col; 1894 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 1895 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 1896 1897 /* 1898 * May have to adjust the start of the insert. 1899 */ 1900 if (State & INSERT) 1901 { 1902 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0) 1903 { 1904 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less) 1905 Insstart.col = 0; 1906 else 1907 Insstart.col -= insstart_less; 1908 } 1909 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less) 1910 ai_col = 0; 1911 else 1912 ai_col -= insstart_less; 1913 } 1914 1915 /* 1916 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible. 1917 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a 1918 * few characters from the replace stack. 1919 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a 1920 * few NULs onto the replace stack. 1921 */ 1922 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0) 1923 { 1924 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col) 1925 { 1926 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 1927 --start_col; 1928 } 1929 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced) 1930 { 1931 replace_push(NUL); 1932 if (replaced) 1933 { 1934 replace_push(replaced); 1935 replaced = NUL; 1936 } 1937 ++start_col; 1938 } 1939 } 1940 1941#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 1942 /* 1943 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case 1944 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then 1945 * put it back again the way we wanted it. 1946 */ 1947 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 1948 { 1949 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job, 1950 * even if you can't backspace. */ 1951 if (orig_line == NULL) 1952 return; 1953 1954 /* Save new line */ 1955 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 1956 if (new_line == NULL) 1957 return; 1958 1959 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */ 1960 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL; 1961 1962 /* Put back original line */ 1963 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE); 1964 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 1965 1966 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */ 1967 backspace_until_column(0); 1968 1969 /* Insert new stuff into line again */ 1970 ins_bytes(new_line); 1971 1972 vim_free(new_line); 1973 } 1974#endif 1975} 1976 1977/* 1978 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an 1979 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE 1980 * modes. 1981 */ 1982 void 1983truncate_spaces(line) 1984 char_u *line; 1985{ 1986 int i; 1987 1988 /* find start of trailing white space */ 1989 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--) 1990 { 1991 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 1992 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */ 1993 } 1994 line[i + 1] = NUL; 1995} 1996 1997#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \ 1998 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO) 1999/* 2000 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE 2001 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all. 2002 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing 2003 * character. 2004 */ 2005 void 2006backspace_until_column(col) 2007 int col; 2008{ 2009 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col) 2010 { 2011 curwin->w_cursor.col--; 2012 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 2013 replace_do_bs(col); 2014 else if (!del_char_after_col(col)) 2015 break; 2016 } 2017} 2018#endif 2019 2020/* 2021 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col". 2022 * Only matters when there are composing characters. 2023 * Return TRUE when something was deleted. 2024 */ 2025 static int 2026del_char_after_col(limit_col) 2027 int limit_col UNUSED; 2028{ 2029#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2030 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0) 2031 { 2032 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1; 2033 2034 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but 2035 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a 2036 * composing character. */ 2037 mb_adjust_cursor(); 2038 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col) 2039 { 2040 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor()); 2041 2042 if (l == 0) /* end of line */ 2043 break; 2044 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 2045 } 2046 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol) 2047 return FALSE; 2048 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE); 2049 } 2050 else 2051#endif 2052 (void)del_char(FALSE); 2053 return TRUE; 2054} 2055 2056#if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO) 2057/* 2058 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode. 2059 */ 2060 static void 2061ins_ctrl_x() 2062{ 2063 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X 2064 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */ 2065 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 2066 { 2067 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset 2068 * compl_cont_status */ 2069 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS) 2070 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT; 2071 else 2072 compl_cont_status = 0; 2073 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */ 2074 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 2075 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 2076 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 2077 showmode(); 2078 } 2079} 2080 2081/* 2082 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used. 2083 */ 2084 static int 2085has_compl_option(dict_opt) 2086 int dict_opt; 2087{ 2088 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL 2089# ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2090 && !curwin->w_p_spell 2091# endif 2092 ) 2093 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL)) 2094 { 2095 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 2096 edit_submode = NULL; 2097 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty") 2098 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"), 2099 hl_attr(HLF_E)); 2100 if (emsg_silent == 0) 2101 { 2102 vim_beep(); 2103 setcursor(); 2104 out_flush(); 2105 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE); 2106 } 2107 return FALSE; 2108 } 2109 return TRUE; 2110} 2111 2112/* 2113 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode? 2114 * This depends on the current mode. 2115 */ 2116 int 2117vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) 2118 int c; 2119{ 2120 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */ 2121 if (c == Ctrl_R) 2122 return TRUE; 2123 2124 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */ 2125 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 2126 return TRUE; 2127 2128 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2129 { 2130 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */ 2131 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X); 2132 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET: 2133 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E 2134 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB 2135 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P 2136 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V 2137 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O 2138 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's'); 2139 case CTRL_X_SCROLL: 2140 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E); 2141 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2142 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2143 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2144 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2145 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 2146 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2147 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 2148 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2149 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 2150 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2151#ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 2152 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 2153 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2154 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 2155 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2156#endif 2157 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2158 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N 2159 || c == Ctrl_X); 2160#ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 2161 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 2162 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2163 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2164 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2165#endif 2166 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 2167 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N); 2168 } 2169 EMSG(_(e_internal)); 2170 return FALSE; 2171} 2172 2173/* 2174 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being 2175 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu 2176 * is visible. 2177 */ 2178 static int 2179ins_compl_accept_char(c) 2180 int c; 2181{ 2182 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT) 2183 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */ 2184 return vim_isIDc(c); 2185 2186 switch (ctrl_x_mode) 2187 { 2188 case CTRL_X_FILES: 2189 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not 2190 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in 2191 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */ 2192 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c); 2193 2194 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 2195 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 2196 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any 2197 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */ 2198 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c); 2199 2200 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE: 2201 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */ 2202 return vim_isprintc(c); 2203 } 2204 return vim_iswordc(c); 2205} 2206 2207/* 2208 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the 2209 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed 2210 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted 2211 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb 2212 */ 2213 int 2214ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags) 2215 char_u *str; 2216 int len; 2217 int icase; 2218 char_u *fname; 2219 int dir; 2220 int flags; 2221{ 2222 char_u *p; 2223 int i, c; 2224 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */ 2225 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */ 2226 int min_len; 2227 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */ 2228 int has_lower = FALSE; 2229 int was_letter = FALSE; 2230 2231 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0) 2232 { 2233 /* Infer case of completed part. */ 2234 2235 /* Find actual length of completion. */ 2236#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2237 if (has_mbyte) 2238 { 2239 p = str; 2240 actual_len = 0; 2241 while (*p != NUL) 2242 { 2243 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2244 ++actual_len; 2245 } 2246 } 2247 else 2248#endif 2249 actual_len = len; 2250 2251 /* Find actual length of original text. */ 2252#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2253 if (has_mbyte) 2254 { 2255 p = compl_orig_text; 2256 actual_compl_length = 0; 2257 while (*p != NUL) 2258 { 2259 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2260 ++actual_compl_length; 2261 } 2262 } 2263 else 2264#endif 2265 actual_compl_length = compl_length; 2266 2267 /* "actual_len" may be smaller than "actual_compl_length" when using 2268 * thesaurus, only use the minimum when comparing. */ 2269 min_len = actual_len < actual_compl_length 2270 ? actual_len : actual_compl_length; 2271 2272 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */ 2273 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int))); 2274 if (wca != NULL) 2275 { 2276 p = str; 2277 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i) 2278#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2279 if (has_mbyte) 2280 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2281 else 2282#endif 2283 wca[i] = *(p++); 2284 2285 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */ 2286 p = compl_orig_text; 2287 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2288 { 2289#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2290 if (has_mbyte) 2291 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2292 else 2293#endif 2294 c = *(p++); 2295 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2296 { 2297 has_lower = TRUE; 2298 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i])) 2299 { 2300 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */ 2301 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2302 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2303 break; 2304 } 2305 } 2306 } 2307 2308 /* 2309 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to 2310 * upper case. 2311 */ 2312 if (!has_lower) 2313 { 2314 p = compl_orig_text; 2315 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2316 { 2317#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2318 if (has_mbyte) 2319 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2320 else 2321#endif 2322 c = *(p++); 2323 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i])) 2324 { 2325 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */ 2326 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i) 2327 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2328 break; 2329 } 2330 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c); 2331 } 2332 } 2333 2334 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */ 2335 p = compl_orig_text; 2336 for (i = 0; i < min_len; ++i) 2337 { 2338#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2339 if (has_mbyte) 2340 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p); 2341 else 2342#endif 2343 c = *(p++); 2344 if (MB_ISLOWER(c)) 2345 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]); 2346 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c)) 2347 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]); 2348 } 2349 2350 /* 2351 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array. 2352 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than 2353 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay 2354 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff. 2355 */ 2356 p = IObuff; 2357 i = 0; 2358 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE) 2359#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2360 if (has_mbyte) 2361 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p); 2362 else 2363#endif 2364 *(p++) = wca[i++]; 2365 *p = NUL; 2366 2367 vim_free(wca); 2368 } 2369 2370 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, 2371 flags, FALSE); 2372 } 2373 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE); 2374} 2375 2376/* 2377 * Add a match to the list of matches. 2378 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 2379 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 2380 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 2381 */ 2382 static int 2383ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup) 2384 char_u *str; 2385 int len; 2386 int icase; 2387 char_u *fname; 2388 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */ 2389 int cdir; 2390 int flags; 2391 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */ 2392{ 2393 compl_T *match; 2394 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir); 2395 2396 ui_breakcheck(); 2397 if (got_int) 2398 return FAIL; 2399 if (len < 0) 2400 len = (int)STRLEN(str); 2401 2402 /* 2403 * If the same match is already present, don't add it. 2404 */ 2405 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup) 2406 { 2407 match = compl_first_match; 2408 do 2409 { 2410 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2411 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0 2412 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL) 2413 return NOTDONE; 2414 match = match->cp_next; 2415 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match); 2416 } 2417 2418 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */ 2419 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2420 2421 /* 2422 * Allocate a new match structure. 2423 * Copy the values to the new match structure. 2424 */ 2425 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T)); 2426 if (match == NULL) 2427 return FAIL; 2428 match->cp_number = -1; 2429 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2430 match->cp_number = 0; 2431 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL) 2432 { 2433 vim_free(match); 2434 return FAIL; 2435 } 2436 match->cp_icase = icase; 2437 2438 /* match-fname is: 2439 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname. 2440 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem. 2441 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */ 2442 if (fname != NULL 2443 && compl_curr_match != NULL 2444 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL 2445 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0) 2446 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname; 2447 else if (fname != NULL) 2448 { 2449 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname); 2450 flags |= FREE_FNAME; 2451 } 2452 else 2453 match->cp_fname = NULL; 2454 match->cp_flags = flags; 2455 2456 if (cptext != NULL) 2457 { 2458 int i; 2459 2460 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 2461 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL) 2462 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]); 2463 } 2464 2465 /* 2466 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches. 2467 */ 2468 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 2469 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL; 2470 else if (dir == FORWARD) 2471 { 2472 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 2473 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match; 2474 } 2475 else /* BACKWARD */ 2476 { 2477 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match; 2478 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; 2479 } 2480 if (match->cp_next) 2481 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match; 2482 if (match->cp_prev) 2483 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match; 2484 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */ 2485 compl_first_match = match; 2486 compl_curr_match = match; 2487 2488 /* 2489 * Find the longest common string if still doing that. 2490 */ 2491 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 2492 ins_compl_longest_match(match); 2493 2494 return OK; 2495} 2496 2497/* 2498 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering 2499 * match->cp_icase. 2500 */ 2501 static int 2502ins_compl_equal(match, str, len) 2503 compl_T *match; 2504 char_u *str; 2505 int len; 2506{ 2507 if (match->cp_icase) 2508 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2509 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0; 2510} 2511 2512/* 2513 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match". 2514 */ 2515 static void 2516ins_compl_longest_match(match) 2517 compl_T *match; 2518{ 2519 char_u *p, *s; 2520 int c1, c2; 2521 int had_match; 2522 2523 if (compl_leader == NULL) 2524 { 2525 /* First match, use it as a whole. */ 2526 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str); 2527 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2528 { 2529 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2530 ins_compl_delete(); 2531 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2532 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2533 2534 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2535 * again after redrawing. */ 2536 if (!had_match) 2537 ins_compl_delete(); 2538 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2539 } 2540 } 2541 else 2542 { 2543 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */ 2544 p = compl_leader; 2545 s = match->cp_str; 2546 while (*p != NUL) 2547 { 2548#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2549 if (has_mbyte) 2550 { 2551 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p); 2552 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s); 2553 } 2554 else 2555#endif 2556 { 2557 c1 = *p; 2558 c2 = *s; 2559 } 2560 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2)) 2561 : (c1 != c2)) 2562 break; 2563#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 2564 if (has_mbyte) 2565 { 2566 mb_ptr_adv(p); 2567 mb_ptr_adv(s); 2568 } 2569 else 2570#endif 2571 { 2572 ++p; 2573 ++s; 2574 } 2575 } 2576 2577 if (*p != NUL) 2578 { 2579 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */ 2580 *p = NUL; 2581 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col); 2582 ins_compl_delete(); 2583 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 2584 ins_redraw(FALSE); 2585 2586 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it 2587 * again after redrawing. */ 2588 if (!had_match) 2589 ins_compl_delete(); 2590 } 2591 2592 compl_used_match = FALSE; 2593 } 2594} 2595 2596/* 2597 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches. 2598 * Frees matches[]. 2599 */ 2600 static void 2601ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase) 2602 int num_matches; 2603 char_u **matches; 2604 int icase; 2605{ 2606 int i; 2607 int add_r = OK; 2608 int dir = compl_direction; 2609 2610 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++) 2611 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase, 2612 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK) 2613 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 2614 dir = FORWARD; 2615 FreeWild(num_matches, matches); 2616} 2617 2618/* Make the completion list cyclic. 2619 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original). 2620 */ 2621 static int 2622ins_compl_make_cyclic() 2623{ 2624 compl_T *match; 2625 int count = 0; 2626 2627 if (compl_first_match != NULL) 2628 { 2629 /* 2630 * Find the end of the list. 2631 */ 2632 match = compl_first_match; 2633 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */ 2634 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 2635 { 2636 match = match->cp_next; 2637 ++count; 2638 } 2639 match->cp_next = compl_first_match; 2640 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match; 2641 } 2642 return count; 2643} 2644 2645/* 2646 * Start completion for the complete() function. 2647 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column). 2648 * "list" is the list of matches. 2649 */ 2650 void 2651set_completion(startcol, list) 2652 colnr_T startcol; 2653 list_T *list; 2654{ 2655 /* If already doing completions stop it. */ 2656 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 2657 ins_compl_prep(' '); 2658 ins_compl_clear(); 2659 2660 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 2661 return; 2662 2663 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col) 2664 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2665 compl_col = startcol; 2666 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol; 2667 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */ 2668 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length); 2669 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 2670 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 2671 return; 2672 2673 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */ 2674 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 2675 2676 ins_compl_add_list(list); 2677 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 2678 compl_started = TRUE; 2679 compl_used_match = TRUE; 2680 compl_cont_status = 0; 2681 2682 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 2683 ins_complete(Ctrl_N); 2684 out_flush(); 2685} 2686 2687 2688/* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the 2689 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */ 2690static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL; 2691static int compl_match_arraysize; 2692 2693/* 2694 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu. 2695 */ 2696 static void 2697ins_compl_upd_pum() 2698{ 2699 int h; 2700 2701 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2702 { 2703 h = curwin->w_cline_height; 2704 update_screen(0); 2705 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height) 2706 ins_compl_del_pum(); 2707 } 2708} 2709 2710/* 2711 * Remove any popup menu. 2712 */ 2713 static void 2714ins_compl_del_pum() 2715{ 2716 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2717 { 2718 pum_undisplay(); 2719 vim_free(compl_match_array); 2720 compl_match_array = NULL; 2721 } 2722} 2723 2724/* 2725 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed. 2726 */ 2727 static int 2728pum_wanted() 2729{ 2730 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */ 2731 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL) 2732 return FALSE; 2733 2734 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */ 2735 if (t_colors < 8 2736#ifdef FEAT_GUI 2737 && !gui.in_use 2738#endif 2739 ) 2740 return FALSE; 2741 return TRUE; 2742} 2743 2744/* 2745 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu. 2746 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone". 2747 */ 2748 static int 2749pum_enough_matches() 2750{ 2751 compl_T *compl; 2752 int i; 2753 2754 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only 2755 * one (ignoring the original text). */ 2756 compl = compl_first_match; 2757 i = 0; 2758 do 2759 { 2760 if (compl == NULL 2761 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2)) 2762 break; 2763 compl = compl->cp_next; 2764 } while (compl != compl_first_match); 2765 2766 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL) 2767 return (i >= 1); 2768 return (i >= 2); 2769} 2770 2771/* 2772 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches. 2773 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed. 2774 */ 2775 void 2776ins_compl_show_pum() 2777{ 2778 compl_T *compl; 2779 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL; 2780 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE; 2781 int shown_match_ok = FALSE; 2782 int i; 2783 int cur = -1; 2784 colnr_T col; 2785 int lead_len = 0; 2786 2787 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches()) 2788 return; 2789 2790#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 2791 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */ 2792 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif"); 2793#endif 2794 2795 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */ 2796 update_screen(0); 2797 2798 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 2799 { 2800 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */ 2801 compl_match_arraysize = 0; 2802 compl = compl_first_match; 2803 if (compl_leader != NULL) 2804 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader); 2805 do 2806 { 2807 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2808 && (compl_leader == NULL 2809 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2810 ++compl_match_arraysize; 2811 compl = compl->cp_next; 2812 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2813 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0) 2814 return; 2815 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear( 2816 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T) 2817 * compl_match_arraysize)); 2818 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2819 { 2820 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first 2821 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */ 2822 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2823 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2824 2825 i = 0; 2826 compl = compl_first_match; 2827 do 2828 { 2829 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 2830 && (compl_leader == NULL 2831 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len))) 2832 { 2833 if (!shown_match_ok) 2834 { 2835 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match) 2836 { 2837 /* This item is the shown match or this is the 2838 * first displayed item after the shown match. */ 2839 compl_shown_match = compl; 2840 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2841 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2842 } 2843 else 2844 /* Remember this displayed match for when the 2845 * shown match is just below it. */ 2846 shown_compl = compl; 2847 cur = i; 2848 } 2849 2850 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL) 2851 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = 2852 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]; 2853 else 2854 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str; 2855 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND]; 2856 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO]; 2857 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL) 2858 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = 2859 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU]; 2860 else 2861 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname; 2862 } 2863 2864 if (compl == compl_shown_match) 2865 { 2866 did_find_shown_match = TRUE; 2867 2868 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set 2869 * compl_shown_match. */ 2870 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 2871 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2872 2873 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL) 2874 { 2875 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the 2876 * previously displayed match. */ 2877 compl_shown_match = shown_compl; 2878 shown_match_ok = TRUE; 2879 } 2880 } 2881 compl = compl->cp_next; 2882 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match); 2883 2884 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */ 2885 cur = -1; 2886 } 2887 } 2888 else 2889 { 2890 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/ 2891 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i) 2892 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str 2893 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text 2894 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR]) 2895 { 2896 cur = i; 2897 break; 2898 } 2899 } 2900 2901 if (compl_match_array != NULL) 2902 { 2903 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text. 2904 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */ 2905 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 2906 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col; 2907 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur); 2908 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 2909 } 2910} 2911 2912#define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */ 2913#define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */ 2914 2915/* 2916 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary 2917 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions. 2918 */ 2919 static void 2920ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus) 2921 char_u *dict_start; 2922 char_u *pat; 2923 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */ 2924 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */ 2925{ 2926 char_u *dict = dict_start; 2927 char_u *ptr; 2928 char_u *buf; 2929 regmatch_T regmatch; 2930 char_u **files; 2931 int count; 2932 int save_p_scs; 2933 int dir = compl_direction; 2934 2935 if (*dict == NUL) 2936 { 2937#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 2938 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use 2939 * "spell". */ 2940 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell) 2941 dict = (char_u *)"spell"; 2942 else 2943#endif 2944 return; 2945 } 2946 2947 buf = alloc(LSIZE); 2948 if (buf == NULL) 2949 return; 2950 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */ 2951 2952 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */ 2953 save_p_scs = p_scs; 2954 if (curbuf->b_p_inf) 2955 p_scs = FALSE; 2956 2957 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern 2958 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the 2959 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */ 2960 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 2961 { 2962 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\"); 2963 size_t len; 2964 2965 if (pat_esc == NULL) 2966 goto theend; 2967 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10; 2968 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len); 2969 if (ptr == NULL) 2970 { 2971 vim_free(pat_esc); 2972 goto theend; 2973 } 2974 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc); 2975 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC); 2976 vim_free(pat_esc); 2977 vim_free(ptr); 2978 } 2979 else 2980 { 2981 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0); 2982 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL) 2983 goto theend; 2984 } 2985 2986 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */ 2987 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat); 2988 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted) 2989 { 2990 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */ 2991 if (flags == DICT_EXACT) 2992 { 2993 count = 1; 2994 files = &dict; 2995 } 2996 else 2997 { 2998 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow 2999 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in 3000 * a modeline). */ 3001 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ","); 3002# ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3003 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0) 3004 count = -1; 3005 else 3006# endif 3007 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL 3008 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files, 3009 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK) 3010 count = 0; 3011 } 3012 3013# ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3014 if (count == -1) 3015 { 3016 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we 3017 * don't use it as a RE. */ 3018 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<') 3019 ptr = pat + 2; 3020 else 3021 ptr = pat; 3022 spell_dump_compl(ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0); 3023 } 3024 else 3025# endif 3026 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */ 3027 { 3028 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, 3029 ®match, buf, &dir); 3030 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3031 FreeWild(count, files); 3032 } 3033 if (flags != 0) 3034 break; 3035 } 3036 3037theend: 3038 p_scs = save_p_scs; 3039 vim_free(regmatch.regprog); 3040 vim_free(buf); 3041} 3042 3043 static void 3044ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir) 3045 int count; 3046 char_u **files; 3047 int thesaurus; 3048 int flags; 3049 regmatch_T *regmatch; 3050 char_u *buf; 3051 int *dir; 3052{ 3053 char_u *ptr; 3054 int i; 3055 FILE *fp; 3056 int add_r; 3057 3058 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++) 3059 { 3060 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */ 3061 if (flags != DICT_EXACT) 3062 { 3063 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, 3064 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]); 3065 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 3066 } 3067 3068 if (fp != NULL) 3069 { 3070 /* 3071 * Read dictionary file line by line. 3072 * Check each line for a match. 3073 */ 3074 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted 3075 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp)) 3076 { 3077 ptr = buf; 3078 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf))) 3079 { 3080 ptr = regmatch->startp[0]; 3081 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3082 ptr = find_line_end(ptr); 3083 else 3084 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3085 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0], 3086 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]), 3087 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3088 if (thesaurus) 3089 { 3090 char_u *wstart; 3091 3092 /* 3093 * Add the other matches on the line 3094 */ 3095 ptr = buf; 3096 while (!got_int) 3097 { 3098 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white 3099 * space and punctuation. */ 3100 ptr = find_word_start(ptr); 3101 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL) 3102 break; 3103 wstart = ptr; 3104 3105 /* Find end of the word. */ 3106#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3107 if (has_mbyte) 3108 /* Japanese words may have characters in 3109 * different classes, only separate words 3110 * with single-byte non-word characters. */ 3111 while (*ptr != NUL) 3112 { 3113 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3114 3115 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3116 break; 3117 ptr += l; 3118 } 3119 else 3120#endif 3121 ptr = find_word_end(ptr); 3122 3123 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */ 3124 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0]) 3125 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart, 3126 (int)(ptr - wstart), 3127 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0); 3128 } 3129 } 3130 if (add_r == OK) 3131 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3132 *dir = FORWARD; 3133 else if (add_r == FAIL) 3134 break; 3135 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end 3136 * of line */ 3137 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int) 3138 break; 3139 } 3140 line_breakcheck(); 3141 ins_compl_check_keys(50); 3142 } 3143 fclose(fp); 3144 } 3145 } 3146} 3147 3148/* 3149 * Find the start of the next word. 3150 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL. 3151 */ 3152 char_u * 3153find_word_start(ptr) 3154 char_u *ptr; 3155{ 3156#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3157 if (has_mbyte) 3158 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1) 3159 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3160 else 3161#endif 3162 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3163 ++ptr; 3164 return ptr; 3165} 3166 3167/* 3168 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word. 3169 * Returns a pointer to just after the word. 3170 */ 3171 char_u * 3172find_word_end(ptr) 3173 char_u *ptr; 3174{ 3175#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3176 int start_class; 3177 3178 if (has_mbyte) 3179 { 3180 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr); 3181 if (start_class > 1) 3182 while (*ptr != NUL) 3183 { 3184 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 3185 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class) 3186 break; 3187 } 3188 } 3189 else 3190#endif 3191 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr)) 3192 ++ptr; 3193 return ptr; 3194} 3195 3196/* 3197 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end. 3198 * Returns a pointer to just after the line. 3199 */ 3200 static char_u * 3201find_line_end(ptr) 3202 char_u *ptr; 3203{ 3204 char_u *s; 3205 3206 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr); 3207 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL)) 3208 --s; 3209 return s; 3210} 3211 3212/* 3213 * Free the list of completions 3214 */ 3215 static void 3216ins_compl_free() 3217{ 3218 compl_T *match; 3219 int i; 3220 3221 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3222 compl_pattern = NULL; 3223 vim_free(compl_leader); 3224 compl_leader = NULL; 3225 3226 if (compl_first_match == NULL) 3227 return; 3228 3229 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3230 pum_clear(); 3231 3232 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match; 3233 do 3234 { 3235 match = compl_curr_match; 3236 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; 3237 vim_free(match->cp_str); 3238 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */ 3239 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME) 3240 vim_free(match->cp_fname); 3241 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i) 3242 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]); 3243 vim_free(match); 3244 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match); 3245 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL; 3246 compl_shown_match = NULL; 3247} 3248 3249 static void 3250ins_compl_clear() 3251{ 3252 compl_cont_status = 0; 3253 compl_started = FALSE; 3254 compl_matches = 0; 3255 vim_free(compl_pattern); 3256 compl_pattern = NULL; 3257 vim_free(compl_leader); 3258 compl_leader = NULL; 3259 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3260 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 3261 compl_orig_text = NULL; 3262 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3263} 3264 3265/* 3266 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active. 3267 */ 3268 int 3269ins_compl_active() 3270{ 3271 return compl_started; 3272} 3273 3274/* 3275 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches 3276 * that match the word that is now before the cursor. 3277 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char 3278 * to be got from the user. 3279 */ 3280 static int 3281ins_compl_bs() 3282{ 3283 char_u *line; 3284 char_u *p; 3285 3286 line = ml_get_curline(); 3287 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; 3288 mb_ptr_back(line, p); 3289 3290 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion 3291 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */ 3292 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0 3293 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0 3294 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0)) 3295 return K_BS; 3296 3297 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish 3298 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */ 3299 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length 3300 || compl_was_interrupted) 3301 ins_compl_restart(); 3302 3303 vim_free(compl_leader); 3304 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col); 3305 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3306 { 3307 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3308 return NUL; 3309 } 3310 return K_BS; 3311} 3312 3313/* 3314 * Called after changing "compl_leader". 3315 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. 3316 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted. 3317 */ 3318 static void 3319ins_compl_new_leader() 3320{ 3321 ins_compl_del_pum(); 3322 ins_compl_delete(); 3323 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3324 compl_used_match = FALSE; 3325 3326 if (compl_started) 3327 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader); 3328 else 3329 { 3330#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3331 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */ 3332#endif 3333 /* 3334 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display 3335 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to 3336 * avoid that the first match is inserted. 3337 */ 3338 update_screen(0); 3339#ifdef FEAT_GUI 3340 if (gui.in_use) 3341 { 3342 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 3343 setcursor(); 3344 out_flush(); 3345 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 3346 } 3347#endif 3348 compl_restarting = TRUE; 3349 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL) 3350 compl_cont_status = 0; 3351 compl_restarting = FALSE; 3352 } 3353 3354 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match; 3355 3356 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */ 3357 ins_compl_show_pum(); 3358 3359 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */ 3360 if (compl_match_array == NULL) 3361 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3362} 3363 3364/* 3365 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to 3366 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero. 3367 */ 3368 static int 3369ins_compl_len() 3370{ 3371 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3372 3373 if (off < 0) 3374 return 0; 3375 return off; 3376} 3377 3378/* 3379 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3380 * matches. 3381 */ 3382 static void 3383ins_compl_addleader(c) 3384 int c; 3385{ 3386#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3387 int cc; 3388 3389 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 3390 { 3391 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 3392 3393 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 3394 buf[cc] = NUL; 3395 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 3396 } 3397 else 3398#endif 3399 ins_char(c); 3400 3401 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */ 3402 if (compl_was_interrupted) 3403 ins_compl_restart(); 3404 3405 vim_free(compl_leader); 3406 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, 3407 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col)); 3408 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3409 ins_compl_new_leader(); 3410} 3411 3412/* 3413 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when 3414 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches. 3415 */ 3416 static void 3417ins_compl_restart() 3418{ 3419 ins_compl_free(); 3420 compl_started = FALSE; 3421 compl_matches = 0; 3422 compl_cont_status = 0; 3423 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3424} 3425 3426/* 3427 * Set the first match, the original text. 3428 */ 3429 static void 3430ins_compl_set_original_text(str) 3431 char_u *str; 3432{ 3433 char_u *p; 3434 3435 /* Replace the original text entry. */ 3436 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */ 3437 { 3438 p = vim_strsave(str); 3439 if (p != NULL) 3440 { 3441 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str); 3442 compl_first_match->cp_str = p; 3443 } 3444 } 3445} 3446 3447/* 3448 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of 3449 * matches. 3450 */ 3451 static void 3452ins_compl_addfrommatch() 3453{ 3454 char_u *p; 3455 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 3456 int c; 3457 compl_T *cp; 3458 3459 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str; 3460 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */ 3461 { 3462 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches 3463 * the leader. */ 3464 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 3465 { 3466 p = NULL; 3467 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL 3468 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next) 3469 { 3470 if (compl_leader == NULL 3471 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader, 3472 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 3473 { 3474 p = cp->cp_str; 3475 break; 3476 } 3477 } 3478 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len) 3479 return; 3480 } 3481 else 3482 return; 3483 } 3484 p += len; 3485#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3486 c = mb_ptr2char(p); 3487#else 3488 c = *p; 3489#endif 3490 ins_compl_addleader(c); 3491} 3492 3493/* 3494 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it. 3495 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode. 3496 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted; 3497 */ 3498 static int 3499ins_compl_prep(c) 3500 int c; 3501{ 3502 char_u *ptr; 3503 int want_cindent; 3504 int retval = FALSE; 3505 3506 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually 3507 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us. 3508 */ 3509 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3510 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 3511 3512 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */ 3513 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP 3514 || c == K_MOUSELEFT || c == K_MOUSERIGHT) 3515 return retval; 3516 3517 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */ 3518 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 3519 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started)) 3520 { 3521 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL); 3522 compl_used_match = TRUE; 3523 } 3524 3525 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET) 3526 { 3527 /* 3528 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode 3529 * it will be yet. Now we decide. 3530 */ 3531 switch (c) 3532 { 3533 case Ctrl_E: 3534 case Ctrl_Y: 3535 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL; 3536 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 3537 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3538 else 3539 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)"); 3540 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 3541 showmode(); 3542 break; 3543 case Ctrl_L: 3544 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE; 3545 break; 3546 case Ctrl_F: 3547 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES; 3548 break; 3549 case Ctrl_K: 3550 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 3551 break; 3552 case Ctrl_R: 3553 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */ 3554 break; 3555 case Ctrl_T: 3556 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 3557 break; 3558#ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3559 case Ctrl_U: 3560 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION; 3561 break; 3562 case Ctrl_O: 3563 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI; 3564 break; 3565#endif 3566 case 's': 3567 case Ctrl_S: 3568 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL; 3569#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 3570 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */ 3571 spell_back_to_badword(); 3572 --emsg_off; 3573#endif 3574 break; 3575 case Ctrl_RSB: 3576 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS; 3577 break; 3578#ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 3579 case Ctrl_I: 3580 case K_S_TAB: 3581 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 3582 break; 3583 case Ctrl_D: 3584 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 3585 break; 3586#endif 3587 case Ctrl_V: 3588 case Ctrl_Q: 3589 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE; 3590 break; 3591 case Ctrl_P: 3592 case Ctrl_N: 3593 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we 3594 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel 3595 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below) 3596 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say 3597 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below) 3598 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag 3599 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */ 3600 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT)) 3601 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL; 3602 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3603 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL; 3604 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 3605 default: 3606 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set 3607 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X 3608 * mode). 3609 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible 3610 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same 3611 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode). 3612 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start 3613 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively. 3614 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING 3615 * mode -- Acevedo */ 3616 if (c == Ctrl_X) 3617 { 3618 if (compl_cont_mode != 0) 3619 compl_cont_status = 0; 3620 else 3621 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET; 3622 } 3623 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3624 edit_submode = NULL; 3625 showmode(); 3626 break; 3627 } 3628 } 3629 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) 3630 { 3631 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */ 3632 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3633 { 3634 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 3635 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3636 else 3637 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED; 3638 edit_submode = NULL; 3639 } 3640 showmode(); 3641 } 3642 3643 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3644 { 3645 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably 3646 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to 3647 * showing what mode we are in. */ 3648 showmode(); 3649 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R 3650 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c)) 3651 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED) 3652 { 3653 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and 3654 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up 3655 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */ 3656 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E) 3657 { 3658 char_u *p; 3659 int temp = 0; 3660 3661 /* 3662 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when 3663 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo 3664 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part 3665 * of the original text that has changed. 3666 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used 3667 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match. 3668 */ 3669 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E) 3670 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str; 3671 else if (compl_leader != NULL) 3672 ptr = compl_leader; 3673 else 3674 ptr = compl_orig_text; 3675 if (compl_orig_text != NULL) 3676 { 3677 p = compl_orig_text; 3678 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp]; 3679 ++temp) 3680 ; 3681#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 3682 if (temp > 0) 3683 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp); 3684#endif 3685 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p)) 3686 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS); 3687 } 3688 if (ptr != NULL) 3689 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1); 3690 } 3691 3692#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3693 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on()); 3694#endif 3695 /* 3696 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'. 3697 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long. 3698 */ 3699 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3700 { 3701#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3702 /* re-indent the current line */ 3703 if (want_cindent) 3704 { 3705 do_c_expr_indent(); 3706 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */ 3707 } 3708#endif 3709 } 3710 else 3711 { 3712 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 3713 3714 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */ 3715 if (prev_col > 0) 3716 dec_cursor(); 3717 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 3718 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1); 3719 if (prev_col > 0 3720 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL) 3721 inc_cursor(); 3722 } 3723 3724 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting 3725 * the selection without inserting anything. When 3726 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */ 3727 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects 3728 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL))) 3729 && pum_visible()) 3730 retval = TRUE; 3731 3732 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */ 3733 if (c == Ctrl_E) 3734 { 3735 ins_compl_delete(); 3736 if (compl_leader != NULL) 3737 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 3738 else if (compl_first_match != NULL) 3739 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len()); 3740 retval = TRUE; 3741 } 3742 3743 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 3744 3745 ins_compl_free(); 3746 compl_started = FALSE; 3747 compl_matches = 0; 3748 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 3749 ctrl_x_mode = 0; 3750 compl_enter_selects = FALSE; 3751 if (edit_submode != NULL) 3752 { 3753 edit_submode = NULL; 3754 showmode(); 3755 } 3756 3757#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 3758 /* 3759 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'. 3760 */ 3761 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0))) 3762 do_c_expr_indent(); 3763#endif 3764 } 3765 } 3766 3767 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be 3768 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */ 3769 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)) 3770 { 3771 compl_cont_status = 0; 3772 compl_cont_mode = 0; 3773 } 3774 3775 return retval; 3776} 3777 3778/* 3779 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers 3780 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned 3781 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with 3782 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion. 3783 * 3784 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo 3785 */ 3786 static buf_T * 3787ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag) 3788 buf_T *buf; 3789 int flag; 3790{ 3791#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3792 static win_T *wp; 3793#endif 3794 3795 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */ 3796 { 3797#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 3798 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */ 3799 wp = curwin; 3800 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin 3801 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned) 3802 ; 3803 buf = wp->w_buffer; 3804#else 3805 buf = curbuf; 3806#endif 3807 } 3808 else 3809 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U' 3810 * (unlisted buffers) 3811 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */ 3812 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf 3813 && ((flag == 'U' 3814 ? buf->b_p_bl 3815 : (!buf->b_p_bl 3816 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u'))) 3817 || buf->b_scanned)) 3818 ; 3819 return buf; 3820} 3821 3822#ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 3823static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base)); 3824 3825/* 3826 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and 3827 * get matches in "matches". 3828 */ 3829 static void 3830expand_by_function(type, base) 3831 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */ 3832 char_u *base; 3833{ 3834 list_T *matchlist; 3835 char_u *args[2]; 3836 char_u *funcname; 3837 pos_T pos; 3838 3839 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 3840 if (*funcname == NUL) 3841 return; 3842 3843 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */ 3844 args[0] = (char_u *)"0"; 3845 args[1] = base; 3846 3847 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 3848 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 3849 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 3850 if (matchlist == NULL) 3851 return; 3852 3853 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist); 3854 list_unref(matchlist); 3855} 3856#endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */ 3857 3858#if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) 3859/* 3860 * Add completions from a list. 3861 */ 3862 static void 3863ins_compl_add_list(list) 3864 list_T *list; 3865{ 3866 listitem_T *li; 3867 int dir = compl_direction; 3868 3869 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */ 3870 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next) 3871 { 3872 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK) 3873 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */ 3874 dir = FORWARD; 3875 else if (did_emsg) 3876 break; 3877 } 3878} 3879 3880/* 3881 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T. 3882 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return 3883 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error, 3884 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned. 3885 */ 3886 int 3887ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir) 3888 typval_T *tv; 3889 int dir; 3890{ 3891 char_u *word; 3892 int icase = FALSE; 3893 int adup = FALSE; 3894 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]); 3895 3896 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL) 3897 { 3898 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE); 3899 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3900 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE); 3901 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3902 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE); 3903 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3904 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE); 3905 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, 3906 (char_u *)"info", FALSE); 3907 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL) 3908 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase"); 3909 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL) 3910 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup"); 3911 } 3912 else 3913 { 3914 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv); 3915 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext)); 3916 } 3917 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL) 3918 return FAIL; 3919 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup); 3920} 3921#endif 3922 3923/* 3924 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern". 3925 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction 3926 * compl_direction. 3927 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue 3928 * where we stopped searching before. 3929 * This may return before finding all the matches. 3930 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo 3931 */ 3932 static int 3933ins_compl_get_exp(ini) 3934 pos_T *ini; 3935{ 3936 static pos_T first_match_pos; 3937 static pos_T last_match_pos; 3938 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */ 3939 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a 3940 certain type. */ 3941 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */ 3942 3943 pos_T *pos; 3944 char_u **matches; 3945 int save_p_scs; 3946 int save_p_ws; 3947 int save_p_ic; 3948 int i; 3949 int num_matches; 3950 int len; 3951 int found_new_match; 3952 int type = ctrl_x_mode; 3953 char_u *ptr; 3954 char_u *dict = NULL; 3955 int dict_f = 0; 3956 compl_T *old_match; 3957 3958 if (!compl_started) 3959 { 3960 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next) 3961 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0; 3962 found_all = FALSE; 3963 ins_buf = curbuf; 3964 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 3965 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt; 3966 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini; 3967 } 3968 3969 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */ 3970 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos; 3971 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */ 3972 for (;;) 3973 { 3974 found_new_match = FAIL; 3975 3976 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off, 3977 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the 3978 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */ 3979 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 3980 && (!compl_started || found_all)) 3981 { 3982 found_all = FALSE; 3983 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ') 3984 e_cpt++; 3985 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned) 3986 { 3987 ins_buf = curbuf; 3988 first_match_pos = *ini; 3989 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */ 3990 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0) 3991 dec(&first_match_pos); 3992 last_match_pos = first_match_pos; 3993 type = 0; 3994 } 3995 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL 3996 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf) 3997 { 3998 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */ 3999 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */ 4000 { 4001 compl_started = TRUE; 4002 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0; 4003 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1; 4004 last_match_pos.lnum = 0; 4005 type = 0; 4006 } 4007 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */ 4008 { 4009 found_all = TRUE; 4010 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL) 4011 continue; 4012 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4013 dict = ins_buf->b_fname; 4014 dict_f = DICT_EXACT; 4015 } 4016 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"), 4017 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL 4018 ? buf_spname(ins_buf) 4019 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL 4020 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname 4021 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname); 4022 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4023 } 4024 else if (*e_cpt == NUL) 4025 break; 4026 else 4027 { 4028 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4029 type = -1; 4030 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's') 4031 { 4032 if (*e_cpt == 'k') 4033 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY; 4034 else 4035 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS; 4036 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL) 4037 { 4038 dict = e_cpt; 4039 dict_f = DICT_FIRST; 4040 } 4041 } 4042#ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4043 else if (*e_cpt == 'i') 4044 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS; 4045 else if (*e_cpt == 'd') 4046 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES; 4047#endif 4048 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't') 4049 { 4050 type = CTRL_X_TAGS; 4051 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags.")); 4052 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R)); 4053 } 4054 else 4055 type = -1; 4056 4057 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */ 4058 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ","); 4059 4060 found_all = TRUE; 4061 if (type == -1) 4062 continue; 4063 } 4064 } 4065 4066 switch (type) 4067 { 4068 case -1: 4069 break; 4070#ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID 4071 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS: 4072 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES: 4073 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction, 4074 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE, 4075 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES 4076 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4077 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND, 4078 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM); 4079 break; 4080#endif 4081 4082 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY: 4083 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS: 4084 ins_compl_dictionaries( 4085 dict != NULL ? dict 4086 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS 4087 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL 4088 ? p_tsr 4089 : curbuf->b_p_tsr) 4090 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL 4091 ? p_dict 4092 : curbuf->b_p_dict)), 4093 compl_pattern, 4094 dict != NULL ? dict_f 4095 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS); 4096 dict = NULL; 4097 break; 4098 4099 case CTRL_X_TAGS: 4100 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */ 4101 save_p_ic = p_ic; 4102 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern); 4103 4104 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enormous number 4105 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */ 4106 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4107 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC | 4108 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0), 4109 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0) 4110 { 4111 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4112 } 4113 p_ic = save_p_ic; 4114 break; 4115 4116 case CTRL_X_FILES: 4117 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches, 4118 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK) 4119 { 4120 4121 /* May change home directory back to "~". */ 4122 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches); 4123 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, 4124#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME 4125 TRUE 4126#else 4127 FALSE 4128#endif 4129 ); 4130 } 4131 break; 4132 4133 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE: 4134 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4135 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), 4136 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK) 4137 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE); 4138 break; 4139 4140#ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4141 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION: 4142 case CTRL_X_OMNI: 4143 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern); 4144 break; 4145#endif 4146 4147 case CTRL_X_SPELL: 4148#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 4149 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum, 4150 compl_pattern, &matches); 4151 if (num_matches > 0) 4152 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic); 4153#endif 4154 break; 4155 4156 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */ 4157 /* 4158 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here 4159 */ 4160 save_p_scs = p_scs; 4161 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf) 4162 p_scs = FALSE; 4163 4164 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the 4165 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this 4166 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set 4167 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */ 4168 save_p_ws = p_ws; 4169 if (ins_buf != curbuf) 4170 p_ws = FALSE; 4171 else if (*e_cpt == '.') 4172 p_ws = TRUE; 4173 for (;;) 4174 { 4175 int flags = 0; 4176 4177 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */ 4178 4179 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that 4180 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */ 4181 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 4182 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)) 4183 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos, 4184 compl_direction, compl_pattern); 4185 else 4186 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos, 4187 compl_direction, 4188 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG, 4189 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL); 4190 --msg_silent; 4191 if (!compl_started) 4192 { 4193 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */ 4194 compl_started = TRUE; 4195 first_match_pos = *pos; 4196 last_match_pos = *pos; 4197 } 4198 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum 4199 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col) 4200 found_new_match = FAIL; 4201 if (found_new_match == FAIL) 4202 { 4203 if (ins_buf == curbuf) 4204 found_all = TRUE; 4205 break; 4206 } 4207 4208 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */ 4209 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf 4210 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum 4211 && ini->col == pos->col) 4212 continue; 4213 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col; 4214 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4215 { 4216 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4217 { 4218 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4219 continue; 4220 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4221 if (!p_paste) 4222 ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4223 } 4224 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 4225 } 4226 else 4227 { 4228 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr; 4229 4230 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4231 { 4232 tmp_ptr += compl_length; 4233 /* Skip if already inside a word. */ 4234 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr)) 4235 continue; 4236 /* Find start of next word. */ 4237 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4238 } 4239 /* Find end of this word. */ 4240 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4241 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4242 4243 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4244 && len == compl_length) 4245 { 4246 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 4247 { 4248 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be 4249 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used. 4250 * IOSIZE is always greater than 4251 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always 4252 * works -- Acevedo */ 4253 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len); 4254 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE); 4255 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr); 4256 /* Find start of next word. */ 4257 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr); 4258 /* Find end of next word. */ 4259 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr); 4260 if (tmp_ptr > ptr) 4261 { 4262 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB) 4263 { 4264 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ') 4265 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4266 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */ 4267 if (p_js 4268 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.' 4269 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP) 4270 == NULL 4271 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?' 4272 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!')))) 4273 IObuff[len++] = ' '; 4274 } 4275 /* copy as much as possible of the new word */ 4276 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len) 4277 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1; 4278 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr); 4279 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr); 4280 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS; 4281 } 4282 IObuff[len] = NUL; 4283 ptr = IObuff; 4284 } 4285 if (len == compl_length) 4286 continue; 4287 } 4288 } 4289 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic, 4290 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname, 4291 0, flags) != NOTDONE) 4292 { 4293 found_new_match = OK; 4294 break; 4295 } 4296 } 4297 p_scs = save_p_scs; 4298 p_ws = save_p_ws; 4299 } 4300 4301 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of 4302 * expansion added something) */ 4303 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match) 4304 found_new_match = OK; 4305 4306 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the 4307 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */ 4308 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4309 || found_new_match != FAIL) 4310 { 4311 if (got_int) 4312 break; 4313 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */ 4314 if (type != -1) 4315 ins_compl_check_keys(0); 4316 4317 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4318 || compl_interrupted) 4319 break; 4320 compl_started = TRUE; 4321 } 4322 else 4323 { 4324 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */ 4325 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS) 4326 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE; 4327 4328 compl_started = FALSE; 4329 } 4330 } 4331 compl_started = TRUE; 4332 4333 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4334 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */ 4335 found_new_match = FAIL; 4336 4337 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */ 4338 if (found_new_match == FAIL 4339 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)) 4340 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic(); 4341 4342 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has 4343 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next 4344 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */ 4345 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next 4346 : old_match->cp_prev; 4347 if (compl_curr_match == NULL) 4348 compl_curr_match = old_match; 4349 return i; 4350} 4351 4352/* Delete the old text being completed. */ 4353 static void 4354ins_compl_delete() 4355{ 4356 int i; 4357 4358 /* 4359 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part. 4360 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any. 4361 */ 4362 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0); 4363 backspace_until_column(i); 4364 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 4365} 4366 4367/* Insert the new text being completed. */ 4368 static void 4369ins_compl_insert() 4370{ 4371 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len()); 4372 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 4373 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4374 else 4375 compl_used_match = TRUE; 4376} 4377 4378/* 4379 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction. 4380 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to 4381 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there 4382 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when 4383 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing 4384 * through the ones found so far. 4385 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb. 4386 * 4387 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use 4388 * compl_shown_match here. 4389 * 4390 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with 4391 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn 4392 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE. 4393 */ 4394 static int 4395ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match) 4396 int allow_get_expansion; 4397 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should 4398 be at least 1 */ 4399 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */ 4400{ 4401 int num_matches = -1; 4402 int i; 4403 int todo = count; 4404 compl_T *found_compl = NULL; 4405 int found_end = FALSE; 4406 int advance; 4407 4408 if (compl_leader != NULL 4409 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0) 4410 { 4411 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ 4412 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */ 4413 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4414 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4415 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL 4416 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match) 4417 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4418 4419 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is 4420 * backward, find the last match. */ 4421 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4422 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4423 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4424 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL 4425 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match)) 4426 { 4427 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4428 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)) 4429 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL 4430 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match) 4431 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4432 } 4433 } 4434 4435 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match 4436 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match)) 4437 /* Delete old text to be replaced */ 4438 ins_compl_delete(); 4439 4440 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text, 4441 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */ 4442 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest; 4443 4444 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */ 4445 if (compl_restarting) 4446 { 4447 advance = FALSE; 4448 compl_restarting = FALSE; 4449 } 4450 4451 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap 4452 * around. */ 4453 while (--todo >= 0) 4454 { 4455 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4456 { 4457 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4458 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL 4459 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match 4460 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match)); 4461 } 4462 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD 4463 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4464 { 4465 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4466 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4467 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match); 4468 } 4469 else 4470 { 4471 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4472 { 4473 if (advance) 4474 { 4475 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4476 compl_pending -= todo + 1; 4477 else 4478 compl_pending += todo + 1; 4479 } 4480 return -1; 4481 } 4482 4483 if (advance) 4484 { 4485 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD) 4486 --compl_pending; 4487 else 4488 ++compl_pending; 4489 } 4490 4491 /* Find matches. */ 4492 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos); 4493 4494 /* handle any pending completions */ 4495 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir 4496 && advance) 4497 { 4498 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL) 4499 { 4500 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next; 4501 --compl_pending; 4502 } 4503 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL) 4504 { 4505 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev; 4506 ++compl_pending; 4507 } 4508 else 4509 break; 4510 } 4511 found_end = FALSE; 4512 } 4513 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 4514 && compl_leader != NULL 4515 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match, 4516 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))) 4517 ++todo; 4518 else 4519 /* Remember a matching item. */ 4520 found_compl = compl_shown_match; 4521 4522 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */ 4523 if (found_end) 4524 { 4525 if (found_compl != NULL) 4526 { 4527 compl_shown_match = found_compl; 4528 break; 4529 } 4530 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */ 4531 } 4532 } 4533 4534 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */ 4535 if (insert_match) 4536 { 4537 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match) 4538 ins_compl_insert(); 4539 else 4540 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len()); 4541 } 4542 else 4543 compl_used_match = FALSE; 4544 4545 if (!allow_get_expansion) 4546 { 4547 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */ 4548 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 4549 4550 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */ 4551 update_screen(0); 4552 4553 /* display the updated popup menu */ 4554 ins_compl_show_pum(); 4555#ifdef FEAT_GUI 4556 if (gui.in_use) 4557 { 4558 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */ 4559 setcursor(); 4560 out_flush(); 4561 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE); 4562 } 4563#endif 4564 4565 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and 4566 * don't want to match ourselves! */ 4567 ins_compl_delete(); 4568 } 4569 4570 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup 4571 * menu is visible. */ 4572 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL; 4573 4574 /* 4575 * Show the file name for the match (if any) 4576 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return. 4577 */ 4578 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL) 4579 { 4580 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file "); 4581 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col; 4582 if (i <= 0) 4583 i = 0; 4584 else 4585 STRCAT(IObuff, "<"); 4586 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i); 4587 msg(IObuff); 4588 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */ 4589 } 4590 4591 return num_matches; 4592} 4593 4594/* 4595 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key 4596 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion 4597 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as 4598 * possible. -- webb 4599 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check. 4600 */ 4601 void 4602ins_compl_check_keys(frequency) 4603 int frequency; 4604{ 4605 static int count = 0; 4606 4607 int c; 4608 4609 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test 4610 * scripts */ 4611 if (using_script()) 4612 return; 4613 4614 /* Only do this at regular intervals */ 4615 if (++count < frequency) 4616 return; 4617 count = 0; 4618 4619 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key() 4620 * can't do its work correctly. */ 4621 c = vpeekc_any(); 4622 if (c != NUL) 4623 { 4624 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R) 4625 { 4626 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */ 4627 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4628 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c), 4629 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN); 4630 } 4631 else 4632 { 4633 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it 4634 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */ 4635 c = safe_vgetc(); 4636 if (c != K_IGNORE) 4637 { 4638 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed, 4639 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */ 4640 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped) 4641 compl_interrupted = TRUE; 4642 4643 vungetc(c); 4644 } 4645 } 4646 } 4647 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int) 4648 { 4649 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending; 4650 4651 compl_pending = 0; 4652 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE); 4653 } 4654} 4655 4656/* 4657 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed. 4658 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD. 4659 */ 4660 static int 4661ins_compl_key2dir(c) 4662 int c; 4663{ 4664 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L 4665 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP 4666 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP))) 4667 return BACKWARD; 4668 return FORWARD; 4669} 4670 4671/* 4672 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu 4673 * is visible. 4674 */ 4675 static int 4676ins_compl_pum_key(c) 4677 int c; 4678{ 4679 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP 4680 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN 4681 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN); 4682} 4683 4684/* 4685 * Decide the number of completions to move forward. 4686 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys. 4687 */ 4688 static int 4689ins_compl_key2count(c) 4690 int c; 4691{ 4692 int h; 4693 4694 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN) 4695 { 4696 h = pum_get_height(); 4697 if (h > 3) 4698 h -= 2; /* keep some context */ 4699 return h; 4700 } 4701 return 1; 4702} 4703 4704/* 4705 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only 4706 * to change the currently selected completion. 4707 */ 4708 static int 4709ins_compl_use_match(c) 4710 int c; 4711{ 4712 switch (c) 4713 { 4714 case K_UP: 4715 case K_DOWN: 4716 case K_PAGEDOWN: 4717 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 4718 case K_S_DOWN: 4719 case K_PAGEUP: 4720 case K_KPAGEUP: 4721 case K_S_UP: 4722 return FALSE; 4723 } 4724 return TRUE; 4725} 4726 4727/* 4728 * Do Insert mode completion. 4729 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion. 4730 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem). 4731 */ 4732 static int 4733ins_complete(c) 4734 int c; 4735{ 4736 char_u *line; 4737 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */ 4738 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */ 4739 int n; 4740 int save_w_wrow; 4741 4742 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c); 4743 if (!compl_started) 4744 { 4745 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */ 4746 4747 did_ai = FALSE; 4748#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 4749 did_si = FALSE; 4750 can_si = FALSE; 4751 can_si_back = FALSE; 4752#endif 4753 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 4754 return FAIL; 4755 4756 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 4757 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 4758 compl_pending = 0; 4759 4760 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from 4761 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word 4762 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if 4763 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it 4764 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL 4765 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of 4766 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */ 4767 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT 4768 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode) 4769 { 4770 /* 4771 * it is a continued search 4772 */ 4773 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */ 4774 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 4775 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 4776 { 4777 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 4778 { 4779 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the 4780 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar 4781 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't 4782 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */ 4783 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 4784 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 4785 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 4786 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */ 4787 } 4788 else 4789 { 4790 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the 4791 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL 4792 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */ 4793 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 4794 { 4795 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL; 4796 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite( 4797 line + compl_length 4798 + compl_startpos.col) - line); 4799 } 4800 compl_col = compl_startpos.col; 4801 } 4802 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col; 4803 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we 4804 * have enough space? just being paranoid */ 4805#define MIN_SPACE 75 4806 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE)) 4807 { 4808 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; 4809 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE); 4810 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length; 4811 } 4812 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 4813 if (compl_length < 1) 4814 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 4815 } 4816 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4817 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS; 4818 else 4819 compl_cont_status = 0; 4820 } 4821 else 4822 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL; 4823 4824 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */ 4825 { 4826 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode; 4827 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */ 4828 compl_cont_status = 0; 4829 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS; 4830 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor; 4831 startcol = (int)curs_col; 4832 compl_col = 0; 4833 } 4834 4835 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */ 4836 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)) 4837 { 4838 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL) 4839 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES) 4840 { 4841 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) 4842 { 4843 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol])) 4844 ; 4845 compl_col += ++startcol; 4846 compl_length = curs_col - startcol; 4847 } 4848 if (p_ic) 4849 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, 4850 compl_length, NULL, 0); 4851 else 4852 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, 4853 compl_length); 4854 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4855 return FAIL; 4856 } 4857 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 4858 { 4859 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<"; 4860 4861 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */ 4862 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 4863 compl_length) + 2); 4864 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4865 return FAIL; 4866 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col) 4867 || (compl_col > 0 4868 && ( 4869#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4870 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col)) 4871#else 4872 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1]) 4873#endif 4874 ))) 4875 prefix = (char_u *)""; 4876 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix); 4877 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix), 4878 line + compl_col, compl_length); 4879 } 4880 else if (--startcol < 0 || 4881#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4882 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1)) 4883#else 4884 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol]) 4885#endif 4886 ) 4887 { 4888 /* Match any word of at least two chars */ 4889 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k"); 4890 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4891 return FAIL; 4892 compl_col += curs_col; 4893 compl_length = 0; 4894 } 4895 else 4896 { 4897#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 4898 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character 4899 * or not a word single byte character backward. */ 4900 if (has_mbyte) 4901 { 4902 int base_class; 4903 int head_off; 4904 4905 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 4906 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol); 4907 while (--startcol >= 0) 4908 { 4909 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol); 4910 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol 4911 - head_off)) 4912 break; 4913 startcol -= head_off; 4914 } 4915 } 4916 else 4917#endif 4918 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol])) 4919 ; 4920 compl_col += ++startcol; 4921 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 4922 if (compl_length == 1) 4923 { 4924 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb 4925 * there's no need to call quote_meta, 4926 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo 4927 */ 4928 compl_pattern = alloc(7); 4929 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4930 return FAIL; 4931 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 4932 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1); 4933 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k"); 4934 } 4935 else 4936 { 4937 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col, 4938 compl_length) + 2); 4939 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4940 return FAIL; 4941 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<"); 4942 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 4943 compl_length); 4944 } 4945 } 4946 } 4947 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 4948 { 4949 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line); 4950 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col; 4951 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */ 4952 compl_length = 0; 4953 if (p_ic) 4954 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length, 4955 NULL, 0); 4956 else 4957 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 4958 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4959 return FAIL; 4960 } 4961 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES) 4962 { 4963 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol])) 4964 ; 4965 compl_col += ++startcol; 4966 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol; 4967 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length, 4968 EXPAND_FILES); 4969 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4970 return FAIL; 4971 } 4972 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE) 4973 { 4974 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col); 4975 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 4976 return FAIL; 4977 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern, 4978 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col); 4979 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL 4980 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING) 4981 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a 4982 * "pattern not found" message. */ 4983 compl_col = curs_col; 4984 else 4985 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern); 4986 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 4987 } 4988 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI) 4989 { 4990#ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC 4991 /* 4992 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart" 4993 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion. 4994 */ 4995 char_u *args[2]; 4996 int col; 4997 char_u *funcname; 4998 pos_T pos; 4999 5000 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a 5001 * string */ 5002 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5003 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu; 5004 if (*funcname == NUL) 5005 { 5006 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION 5007 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc"); 5008 return FAIL; 5009 } 5010 5011 args[0] = (char_u *)"1"; 5012 args[1] = NULL; 5013 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 5014 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE); 5015 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */ 5016 5017 if (col < 0) 5018 col = curs_col; 5019 compl_col = col; 5020 if (compl_col > curs_col) 5021 compl_col = curs_col; 5022 5023 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again, 5024 * it may have become invalid. */ 5025 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5026 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col; 5027 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5028 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5029#endif 5030 return FAIL; 5031 } 5032 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL) 5033 { 5034#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 5035 if (spell_bad_len > 0) 5036 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len; 5037 else 5038 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol); 5039 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol) 5040 { 5041 compl_length = 0; 5042 compl_col = curs_col; 5043 } 5044 else 5045 { 5046 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col); 5047 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col; 5048 } 5049 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */ 5050 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 5051 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5052 if (compl_pattern == NULL) 5053#endif 5054 return FAIL; 5055 } 5056 else 5057 { 5058 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()"); 5059 return FAIL; 5060 } 5061 5062 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5063 { 5064 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding"); 5065 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE) 5066 { 5067 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */ 5068#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5069 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com; 5070 5071 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)""; 5072#endif 5073 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 5074 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5075 ins_eol('\r'); 5076#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5077 curbuf->b_p_com = old; 5078#endif 5079 compl_length = 0; 5080 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5081 } 5082 } 5083 else 5084 { 5085 edit_submode_pre = NULL; 5086 compl_startpos.col = compl_col; 5087 } 5088 5089 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL) 5090 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]); 5091 else 5092 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode)); 5093 5094 /* Always add completion for the original text. */ 5095 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5096 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length); 5097 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text, 5098 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK) 5099 { 5100 vim_free(compl_pattern); 5101 compl_pattern = NULL; 5102 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 5103 compl_orig_text = NULL; 5104 return FAIL; 5105 } 5106 5107 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must 5108 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no 5109 * longer needed. -- Acevedo. 5110 */ 5111 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching..."); 5112 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5113 showmode(); 5114 edit_submode_extra = NULL; 5115 out_flush(); 5116 } 5117 5118 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match; 5119 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction; 5120 5121 /* 5122 * Find next match (and following matches). 5123 */ 5124 save_w_wrow = curwin->w_wrow; 5125 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c)); 5126 5127 /* may undisplay the popup menu */ 5128 ins_compl_upd_pum(); 5129 5130 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */ 5131 compl_matches = n; 5132 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match; 5133 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir; 5134 5135 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert 5136 * mode. */ 5137 if (got_int && !global_busy) 5138 { 5139 (void)vgetc(); 5140 got_int = FALSE; 5141 } 5142 5143 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */ 5144 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next) 5145 { 5146 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5147 && compl_length > 1 5148 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf); 5149 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E; 5150 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode, 5151 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used 5152 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word 5153 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */ 5154 if ( compl_length > 1 5155 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) 5156 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 5157 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS 5158 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)) 5159 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS; 5160 } 5161 5162 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS) 5163 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS; 5164 else 5165 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS; 5166 5167 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL) 5168 { 5169 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) 5170 { 5171 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original"); 5172 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W; 5173 } 5174 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS) 5175 { 5176 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line"); 5177 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5178 } 5179 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev) 5180 { 5181 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match"); 5182 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT; 5183 } 5184 else 5185 { 5186 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */ 5187 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1) 5188 { 5189 int number = 0; 5190 compl_T *match; 5191 5192 if (compl_direction == FORWARD) 5193 { 5194 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number. 5195 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop 5196 * cycle, so it's fast! */ 5197 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL 5198 && match != compl_first_match; 5199 match = match->cp_prev) 5200 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5201 { 5202 number = match->cp_number; 5203 break; 5204 } 5205 if (match != NULL) 5206 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned 5207 * yet */ 5208 for (match = match->cp_next; 5209 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1; 5210 match = match->cp_next) 5211 match->cp_number = ++number; 5212 } 5213 else /* BACKWARD */ 5214 { 5215 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1) 5216 * number. This should normally succeed already at the 5217 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */ 5218 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL 5219 && match != compl_first_match; 5220 match = match->cp_next) 5221 if (match->cp_number != -1) 5222 { 5223 number = match->cp_number; 5224 break; 5225 } 5226 if (match != NULL) 5227 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not 5228 * assigned yet */ 5229 for (match = match->cp_prev; match 5230 && match->cp_number == -1; 5231 match = match->cp_prev) 5232 match->cp_number = ++number; 5233 } 5234 } 5235 5236 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is 5237 * just a safety check. */ 5238 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1) 5239 { 5240 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31. 5241 * Translations may need more than twice that. */ 5242 static char_u match_ref[81]; 5243 5244 if (compl_matches > 0) 5245 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5246 _("match %d of %d"), 5247 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches); 5248 else 5249 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref), 5250 _("match %d"), 5251 compl_curr_match->cp_number); 5252 edit_submode_extra = match_ref; 5253 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R; 5254 if (dollar_vcol) 5255 curs_columns(FALSE); 5256 } 5257 } 5258 } 5259 5260 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */ 5261 showmode(); 5262 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL) 5263 { 5264 if (!p_smd) 5265 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra, 5266 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT 5267 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0); 5268 } 5269 else 5270 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */ 5271 5272 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */ 5273 if (!compl_interrupted) 5274 { 5275 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */ 5276 n = RedrawingDisabled; 5277 RedrawingDisabled = 0; 5278 5279 /* If the cursor moved we need to remove the pum first. */ 5280 setcursor(); 5281 if (save_w_wrow != curwin->w_wrow) 5282 ins_compl_del_pum(); 5283 5284 ins_compl_show_pum(); 5285 setcursor(); 5286 RedrawingDisabled = n; 5287 } 5288 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted; 5289 compl_interrupted = FALSE; 5290 5291 return OK; 5292} 5293 5294/* 5295 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars. 5296 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with 5297 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated. 5298 * Returns the length (needed) of dest 5299 */ 5300 static unsigned 5301quote_meta(dest, src, len) 5302 char_u *dest; 5303 char_u *src; 5304 int len; 5305{ 5306 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */ 5307 5308 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++) 5309 { 5310 switch (*src) 5311 { 5312 case '.': 5313 case '*': 5314 case '[': 5315 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5316 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5317 break; 5318 case '~': 5319 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */ 5320 break; 5321 case '\\': 5322 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY 5323 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS) 5324 break; 5325 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */ 5326 case '$': 5327 m++; 5328 if (dest != NULL) 5329 *dest++ = '\\'; 5330 break; 5331 } 5332 if (dest != NULL) 5333 *dest++ = *src; 5334# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5335 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */ 5336 if (has_mbyte) 5337 { 5338 int i, mb_len; 5339 5340 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1; 5341 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len) 5342 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i) 5343 { 5344 --len; 5345 ++src; 5346 if (dest != NULL) 5347 *dest++ = *src; 5348 } 5349 } 5350# endif 5351 } 5352 if (dest != NULL) 5353 *dest = NUL; 5354 5355 return m; 5356} 5357#endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */ 5358 5359/* 5360 * Next character is interpreted literally. 5361 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value. 5362 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc(). 5363 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned. 5364 */ 5365 int 5366get_literal() 5367{ 5368 int cc; 5369 int nc; 5370 int i; 5371 int hex = FALSE; 5372 int octal = FALSE; 5373#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5374 int unicode = 0; 5375#endif 5376 5377 if (got_int) 5378 return Ctrl_C; 5379 5380#ifdef FEAT_GUI 5381 /* 5382 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key. 5383 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would 5384 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be 5385 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb 5386 */ 5387 if (gui.in_use) 5388 ++allow_keys; 5389#endif 5390#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5391 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 5392#endif 5393 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */ 5394 cc = 0; 5395 i = 0; 5396 for (;;) 5397 { 5398 nc = plain_vgetc(); 5399#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 5400 if (!(State & CMDLINE) 5401# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5402 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1 5403# endif 5404 ) 5405 add_to_showcmd(nc); 5406#endif 5407 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X') 5408 hex = TRUE; 5409 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O') 5410 octal = TRUE; 5411#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5412 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U') 5413 unicode = nc; 5414#endif 5415 else 5416 { 5417 if (hex 5418#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5419 || unicode != 0 5420#endif 5421 ) 5422 { 5423 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc)) 5424 break; 5425 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc); 5426 } 5427 else if (octal) 5428 { 5429 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7') 5430 break; 5431 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0'; 5432 } 5433 else 5434 { 5435 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc)) 5436 break; 5437 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0'; 5438 } 5439 5440 ++i; 5441 } 5442 5443 if (cc > 255 5444#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5445 && unicode == 0 5446#endif 5447 ) 5448 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */ 5449 nc = 0; 5450 5451 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */ 5452 { 5453 if (i >= 2) 5454 break; 5455 } 5456#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5457 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */ 5458 { 5459 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8)) 5460 break; 5461 } 5462#endif 5463 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */ 5464 break; 5465 } 5466 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */ 5467 { 5468 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5469 { 5470 cc = '\n'; 5471 nc = 0; 5472 } 5473 else 5474 { 5475 cc = nc; 5476 nc = 0; 5477 } 5478 } 5479 5480 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */ 5481 cc = '\n'; 5482#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5483 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0) 5484 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the 5485 second byte will cause trouble! */ 5486#endif 5487 5488 --no_mapping; 5489#ifdef FEAT_GUI 5490 if (gui.in_use) 5491 --allow_keys; 5492#endif 5493 if (nc) 5494 vungetc(nc); 5495 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */ 5496 return cc; 5497} 5498 5499/* 5500 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask 5501 */ 5502 static void 5503insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv) 5504 int c; 5505 int allow_modmask; 5506 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */ 5507{ 5508 char_u *p; 5509 int len; 5510 5511 /* 5512 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is 5513 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace 5514 * mode. 5515 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>, 5516 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE. 5517 */ 5518#ifdef MACOS 5519 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */ 5520 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD) 5521 allow_modmask = TRUE; 5522#endif 5523 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask)) 5524 { 5525 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask); 5526 len = (int)STRLEN(p); 5527 c = p[len - 1]; 5528 if (len > 2) 5529 { 5530 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 5531 return; 5532 p[len - 1] = NUL; 5533 ins_str(p); 5534 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1); 5535 ctrlv = FALSE; 5536 } 5537 } 5538 if (stop_arrow() == OK) 5539 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1); 5540} 5541 5542/* 5543 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other 5544 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC 5545 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to 5546 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by 5547 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should 5548 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism. 5549 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D. 5550 */ 5551#ifdef EBCDIC 5552# define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5553#else 5554# define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^') 5555#endif 5556 5557#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5558# define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1)))) 5559#else 5560# define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc) 5561#endif 5562 5563 void 5564insertchar(c, flags, second_indent) 5565 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */ 5566 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */ 5567 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */ 5568{ 5569 int textwidth; 5570#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5571 char_u *p; 5572#endif 5573 int fo_ins_blank; 5574 5575 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT); 5576 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5577 5578 /* 5579 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when: 5580 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only. 5581 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line 5582 * ends in white space. 5583 * - Otherwise: 5584 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank 5585 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless 5586 * we're in VREPLACE mode. 5587 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started 5588 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long 5589 * before the insert. 5590 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or 5591 * before 'textwidth' 5592 */ 5593 if (textwidth > 0 5594 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5595 || (!vim_iswhite(c) 5596 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5597#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5598 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5599#endif 5600 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL) 5601 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5602 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG) 5603 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5604 && (!fo_ins_blank 5605 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth 5606 )))))) 5607 { 5608 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting 5609 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */ 5610#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) 5611 int do_internal = TRUE; 5612 5613 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0) 5614 { 5615 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0); 5616 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline() 5617 * was called. */ 5618 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 5619 } 5620 if (do_internal) 5621#endif 5622 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c); 5623 } 5624 5625 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */ 5626 return; 5627 5628#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5629 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */ 5630 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending) 5631 { 5632 char_u *line; 5633 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */ 5634 int middle_len, end_len; 5635 int i; 5636 5637 /* 5638 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end 5639 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find. 5640 */ 5641 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE); 5642 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */ 5643 { 5644 /* Skip middle-comment string */ 5645 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */ 5646 ++p; 5647 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5648 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */ 5649 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1])) 5650 --middle_len; 5651 5652 /* Find the end-comment string */ 5653 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */ 5654 ++p; 5655 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ","); 5656 5657 /* Skip white space before the cursor */ 5658 i = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5659 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i])) 5660 ; 5661 i++; 5662 5663 /* Skip to before the middle leader */ 5664 i -= middle_len; 5665 5666 /* Check some expected things before we go on */ 5667 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending) 5668 { 5669 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */ 5670 backspace_until_column(i); 5671 5672 /* 5673 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last 5674 * character, which will get inserted as normal later. 5675 */ 5676 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1); 5677 } 5678 } 5679 } 5680 end_comment_pending = NUL; 5681#endif 5682 5683 did_ai = FALSE; 5684#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 5685 did_si = FALSE; 5686 can_si = FALSE; 5687 can_si_back = FALSE; 5688#endif 5689 5690 /* 5691 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once. 5692 * This speeds up normal text input considerably. 5693 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might 5694 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what 5695 * 'paste' is set).. 5696 */ 5697#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 5698 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */ 5699#endif 5700 5701 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c) 5702#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5703 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1) 5704#endif 5705 && vpeekc() != NUL 5706 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG) 5707#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 5708 && !cindent_on() 5709#endif 5710#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5711 && !p_ri 5712#endif 5713 ) 5714 { 5715#define INPUT_BUFLEN 100 5716 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1]; 5717 int i; 5718 colnr_T virtcol = 0; 5719 5720 buf[0] = c; 5721 i = 1; 5722 if (textwidth > 0) 5723 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 5724 /* 5725 * Stop the string when: 5726 * - no more chars available 5727 * - finding a special character (command key) 5728 * - buffer is full 5729 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary 5730 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char 5731 */ 5732 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL 5733 && !ISSPECIAL(c) 5734#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5735 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1) 5736#endif 5737 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN 5738 && (textwidth == 0 5739 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth) 5740 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1]))) 5741 { 5742#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 5743 c = vgetc(); 5744 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped) 5745 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */ 5746# ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 5747 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped) 5748 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */ 5749# endif 5750 buf[i++] = c; 5751#else 5752 buf[i++] = vgetc(); 5753#endif 5754 } 5755 5756#ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 5757 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */ 5758 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */ 5759#endif 5760 buf[i] = NUL; 5761 ins_str(buf); 5762 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 5763 { 5764 redo_literal(*buf); 5765 i = 1; 5766 } 5767 else 5768 i = 0; 5769 if (buf[i] != NUL) 5770 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1); 5771 } 5772 else 5773 { 5774#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5775 int cc; 5776 5777 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1) 5778 { 5779 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; 5780 5781 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf); 5782 buf[cc] = NUL; 5783 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc); 5784 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 5785 } 5786 else 5787#endif 5788 { 5789 ins_char(c); 5790 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV) 5791 redo_literal(c); 5792 else 5793 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 5794 } 5795 } 5796} 5797 5798/* 5799 * Format text at the current insert position. 5800 */ 5801 static void 5802internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c) 5803 int textwidth; 5804 int second_indent; 5805 int flags; 5806 int format_only; 5807 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */ 5808{ 5809 int cc; 5810 int save_char = NUL; 5811 int haveto_redraw = FALSE; 5812 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK); 5813#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5814 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK); 5815#endif 5816 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR); 5817 int first_line = TRUE; 5818#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5819 colnr_T leader_len; 5820 int no_leader = FALSE; 5821 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM); 5822#endif 5823 5824 /* 5825 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be 5826 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily. 5827 */ 5828 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai 5829#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5830 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 5831#endif 5832 ) 5833 { 5834 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5835 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 5836 { 5837 save_char = cc; 5838 pchar_cursor('x'); 5839 } 5840 } 5841 5842 /* 5843 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long. 5844 */ 5845 while (!got_int) 5846 { 5847 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */ 5848 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */ 5849 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */ 5850 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */ 5851 colnr_T len; 5852 colnr_T virtcol; 5853#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 5854 int orig_col = 0; 5855 char_u *saved_text = NULL; 5856#endif 5857 colnr_T col; 5858 colnr_T end_col; 5859 5860 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol() 5861 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor()); 5862 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth) 5863 break; 5864 5865#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5866 if (no_leader) 5867 do_comments = FALSE; 5868 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5869 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS)) 5870 do_comments = TRUE; 5871 5872 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5873 if (do_comments) 5874 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE); 5875 else 5876 leader_len = 0; 5877 5878 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't 5879 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word 5880 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines 5881 * to start with %. */ 5882 if (leader_len == 0) 5883 no_leader = TRUE; 5884#endif 5885 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT) 5886#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5887 && leader_len == 0 5888#endif 5889 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)) 5890 5891 break; 5892 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0) 5893 break; 5894 5895 /* find column of textwidth border */ 5896 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth); 5897 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5898 5899 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 5900 foundcol = 0; 5901 5902 /* 5903 * Find position to break at. 5904 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v' 5905 */ 5906 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI)) 5907 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 5908 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 5909 { 5910 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL) 5911 cc = c; 5912 else 5913 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5914 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5915 { 5916 /* remember position of blank just before text */ 5917 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5918 5919 /* find start of sequence of blanks */ 5920 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 5921 { 5922 dec_cursor(); 5923 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5924 } 5925 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc)) 5926 break; /* only spaces in front of text */ 5927#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5928 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5929 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5930 break; 5931#endif 5932 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 5933 { 5934 /* do not break after one-letter words */ 5935 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 5936 break; /* one-letter word at begin */ 5937#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5938 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */ 5939 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len) 5940 break; 5941#endif 5942 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5943 dec_cursor(); 5944 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5945 5946 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5947 continue; /* one-letter, continue */ 5948 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5949 } 5950 5951 inc_cursor(); 5952 5953 end_foundcol = end_col + 1; 5954 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5955 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 5956 break; 5957 } 5958#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 5959 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte) 5960 { 5961 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */ 5962 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol) 5963 { 5964#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5965 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5966 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5967 break; 5968#endif 5969 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5970 inc_cursor(); 5971 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */ 5972 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col) 5973 { 5974 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5975 end_foundcol = foundcol; 5976 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 5977 break; 5978 } 5979 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5980 } 5981 5982 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 5983 break; 5984 5985 col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 5986 5987 dec_cursor(); 5988 cc = gchar_cursor(); 5989 5990 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 5991 continue; /* break with space */ 5992#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 5993 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */ 5994 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len) 5995 break; 5996#endif 5997 5998 curwin->w_cursor.col = col; 5999 6000 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 6001 end_foundcol = foundcol; 6002 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol) 6003 break; 6004 } 6005#endif 6006 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6007 break; 6008 dec_cursor(); 6009 } 6010 6011 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */ 6012 { 6013 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol; 6014 break; 6015 } 6016 6017 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */ 6018 undisplay_dollar(); 6019 6020 /* 6021 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace 6022 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces 6023 * over the text instead. 6024 */ 6025#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6026 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6027 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */ 6028 else 6029#endif 6030 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol; 6031 6032 /* 6033 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and 6034 * characters that will remain on top line 6035 */ 6036 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6037 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc)) 6038 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol)) 6039 inc_cursor(); 6040 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col; 6041 if (startcol < 0) 6042 startcol = 0; 6043 6044#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6045 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6046 { 6047 /* 6048 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be 6049 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line. 6050 */ 6051 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor()); 6052 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col; 6053 if (saved_text == NULL) 6054 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */ 6055 saved_text[startcol] = NUL; 6056 6057 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */ 6058 if (!fo_white_par) 6059 backspace_until_column(foundcol); 6060 } 6061 else 6062#endif 6063 { 6064 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */ 6065 if (!fo_white_par) 6066 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol; 6067 } 6068 6069 /* 6070 * Split the line just before the margin. 6071 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window. 6072 */ 6073 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX 6074 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0) 6075#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6076 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0) 6077#endif 6078 , old_indent); 6079 old_indent = 0; 6080 6081 replace_offset = 0; 6082 if (first_line) 6083 { 6084 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER)) 6085 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1); 6086 if (second_indent >= 0) 6087 { 6088#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6089 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6090 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 6091 else 6092#endif 6093 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED); 6094 } 6095 first_line = FALSE; 6096 } 6097 6098#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6099 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6100 { 6101 /* 6102 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be 6103 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line. 6104 */ 6105 ins_bytes(saved_text); 6106 vim_free(saved_text); 6107 } 6108 else 6109#endif 6110 { 6111 /* 6112 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent 6113 * may have added or removed indent. 6114 */ 6115 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol; 6116 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6117 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len) 6118 curwin->w_cursor.col = len; 6119 } 6120 6121 haveto_redraw = TRUE; 6122#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 6123 can_cindent = TRUE; 6124#endif 6125 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */ 6126 did_ai = FALSE; 6127#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6128 did_si = FALSE; 6129 can_si = FALSE; 6130 can_si_back = FALSE; 6131#endif 6132 line_breakcheck(); 6133 } 6134 6135 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */ 6136 pchar_cursor(save_char); 6137 6138 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw) 6139 { 6140 update_topline(); 6141 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID); 6142 } 6143} 6144 6145/* 6146 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the 6147 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph. 6148 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text. 6149 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be 6150 * saved here. 6151 */ 6152 void 6153auto_format(trailblank, prev_line) 6154 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */ 6155 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */ 6156{ 6157 pos_T pos; 6158 colnr_T len; 6159 char_u *old; 6160 char_u *new, *pnew; 6161 int wasatend; 6162 int cc; 6163 6164 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6165 return; 6166 6167 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 6168 old = ml_get_curline(); 6169 6170 /* may remove added space */ 6171 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6172 6173 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the 6174 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is 6175 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor. 6176 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white 6177 * next they are not joined back together. */ 6178 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old)); 6179 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend) 6180 { 6181 dec_cursor(); 6182 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6183 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 6184 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER)) 6185 dec_cursor(); 6186 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6187 if (WHITECHAR(cc)) 6188 { 6189 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6190 return; 6191 } 6192 curwin->w_cursor = pos; 6193 } 6194 6195#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 6196 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format 6197 * comments. */ 6198 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP) 6199 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0) 6200 return; 6201#endif 6202 6203 /* 6204 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is 6205 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not 6206 * the start of a paragraph. 6207 */ 6208 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 6209 { 6210 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6211 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL) 6212 return; 6213 } 6214 6215 /* 6216 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will 6217 * be adjusted for the text formatting. 6218 */ 6219 saved_cursor = pos; 6220 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE); 6221 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor; 6222 saved_cursor.lnum = 0; 6223 6224 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6225 { 6226 /* "cannot happen" */ 6227 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6228 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 6229 } 6230 else 6231 check_cursor_col(); 6232 6233 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it 6234 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we 6235 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph 6236 * formatted. */ 6237 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 6238 { 6239 new = ml_get_curline(); 6240 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new); 6241 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len) 6242 { 6243 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2); 6244 pnew[len] = ' '; 6245 pnew[len + 1] = NUL; 6246 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE); 6247 /* remove the space later */ 6248 did_add_space = TRUE; 6249 } 6250 else 6251 /* may remove added space */ 6252 check_auto_format(FALSE); 6253 } 6254 6255 check_cursor(); 6256} 6257 6258/* 6259 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting, 6260 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert 6261 * position. 6262 */ 6263 static void 6264check_auto_format(end_insert) 6265 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */ 6266{ 6267 int c = ' '; 6268 int cc; 6269 6270 if (did_add_space) 6271 { 6272 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6273 if (!WHITECHAR(cc)) 6274 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */ 6275 did_add_space = FALSE; 6276 else 6277 { 6278 if (!end_insert) 6279 { 6280 inc_cursor(); 6281 c = gchar_cursor(); 6282 dec_cursor(); 6283 } 6284 if (c != NUL) 6285 { 6286 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */ 6287 del_char(FALSE); 6288 did_add_space = FALSE; 6289 } 6290 } 6291 } 6292} 6293 6294/* 6295 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting: 6296 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it 6297 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin' 6298 * if invalid value, use 0. 6299 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator. 6300 */ 6301 int 6302comp_textwidth(ff) 6303 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */ 6304{ 6305 int textwidth; 6306 6307 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw; 6308 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm) 6309 { 6310 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the 6311 * things that add to the margin. */ 6312 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm; 6313#ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN 6314 if (cmdwin_type != 0) 6315 textwidth -= 1; 6316#endif 6317#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6318 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc; 6319#endif 6320#ifdef FEAT_SIGNS 6321 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL 6322# ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 6323 || netbeans_active() 6324# endif 6325 ) 6326 textwidth -= 1; 6327#endif 6328 if (curwin->w_p_nu || curwin->w_p_rnu) 6329 textwidth -= 8; 6330 } 6331 if (textwidth < 0) 6332 textwidth = 0; 6333 if (ff && textwidth == 0) 6334 { 6335 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1; 6336 if (textwidth > 79) 6337 textwidth = 79; 6338 } 6339 return textwidth; 6340} 6341 6342/* 6343 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V. 6344 */ 6345 static void 6346redo_literal(c) 6347 int c; 6348{ 6349 char_u buf[10]; 6350 6351 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of 6352 * three digits. */ 6353 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c)) 6354 { 6355 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c); 6356 AppendToRedobuff(buf); 6357 } 6358 else 6359 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 6360} 6361 6362/* 6363 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode. 6364 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key. 6365 */ 6366 static void 6367start_arrow(end_insert_pos) 6368 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */ 6369{ 6370 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */ 6371 { 6372 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR); 6373 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE); 6374 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */ 6375 } 6376#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6377 check_spell_redraw(); 6378#endif 6379} 6380 6381#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 6382/* 6383 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now. 6384 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first. 6385 */ 6386 static void 6387check_spell_redraw() 6388{ 6389 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0) 6390 { 6391 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum; 6392 6393 spell_redraw_lnum = 0; 6394 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE); 6395 } 6396} 6397 6398/* 6399 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly 6400 * spelled word, if there is one. 6401 */ 6402 static void 6403spell_back_to_badword() 6404{ 6405 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6406 6407 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL); 6408 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col) 6409 start_arrow(&tpos); 6410} 6411#endif 6412 6413/* 6414 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode. 6415 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion. 6416 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then. 6417 */ 6418 int 6419stop_arrow() 6420{ 6421 if (arrow_used) 6422 { 6423 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6424 { 6425 arrow_used = FALSE; 6426 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6427 } 6428 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */ 6429 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline()); 6430 ai_col = 0; 6431#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 6432 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 6433 { 6434 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6435 vr_lines_changed = 1; 6436 } 6437#endif 6438 ResetRedobuff(); 6439 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */ 6440 new_insert_skip = 2; 6441 } 6442 else if (ins_need_undo) 6443 { 6444 if (u_save_cursor() == OK) 6445 ins_need_undo = FALSE; 6446 } 6447 6448#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6449 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */ 6450 foldOpenCursor(); 6451#endif 6452 6453 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK); 6454} 6455 6456/* 6457 * Do a few things to stop inserting. 6458 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped 6459 * to another window/buffer. 6460 */ 6461 static void 6462stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc) 6463 pos_T *end_insert_pos; 6464 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */ 6465{ 6466 int cc; 6467 char_u *ptr; 6468 6469 stop_redo_ins(); 6470 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */ 6471 6472 /* 6473 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A. 6474 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted, 6475 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert". 6476 */ 6477 ptr = get_inserted(); 6478 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL 6479 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip)) 6480 { 6481 vim_free(last_insert); 6482 last_insert = ptr; 6483 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip; 6484 } 6485 else 6486 vim_free(ptr); 6487 6488 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL) 6489 { 6490 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an 6491 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending 6492 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something 6493 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */ 6494 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO)) 6495 { 6496 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6497 6498 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the 6499 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by 6500 * moving the cursor onto the space. */ 6501 cc = 'x'; 6502 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 6503 { 6504 dec_cursor(); 6505 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6506 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6507 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6508 } 6509 6510 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE); 6511 6512 if (vim_iswhite(cc)) 6513 { 6514 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL) 6515 inc_cursor(); 6516#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6517 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep 6518 * the "coladd". */ 6519 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL 6520 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum 6521 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col) 6522 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd; 6523#endif 6524 } 6525 } 6526 6527 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */ 6528 check_auto_format(TRUE); 6529 6530 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end 6531 * of the line, and put the cursor back. 6532 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. 6533 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text 6534 * got changed unexpectedly. */ 6535 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL 6536 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)) 6537 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6538 { 6539 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6540 6541 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos; 6542 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */ 6543 for (;;) 6544 { 6545 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 6546 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 6547 cc = gchar_cursor(); 6548 if (!vim_iswhite(cc)) 6549 break; 6550 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL) 6551 break; /* should not happen */ 6552 } 6553 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum) 6554 curwin->w_cursor = tpos; 6555 else if (cc != NUL) 6556 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */ 6557 6558#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 6559 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for 6560 * deleted characters. */ 6561 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum) 6562 { 6563 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()); 6564 6565 if (VIsual.col > len) 6566 { 6567 VIsual.col = len; 6568# ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6569 VIsual.coladd = 0; 6570# endif 6571 } 6572 } 6573#endif 6574 } 6575 } 6576 did_ai = FALSE; 6577#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 6578 did_si = FALSE; 6579 can_si = FALSE; 6580 can_si_back = FALSE; 6581#endif 6582 6583 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are 6584 * now in a different buffer. */ 6585 if (end_insert_pos != NULL) 6586 { 6587 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart; 6588 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos; 6589 } 6590} 6591 6592/* 6593 * Set the last inserted text to a single character. 6594 * Used for the replace command. 6595 */ 6596 void 6597set_last_insert(c) 6598 int c; 6599{ 6600 char_u *s; 6601 6602 vim_free(last_insert); 6603#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6604 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5); 6605#else 6606 last_insert = alloc(6); 6607#endif 6608 if (last_insert != NULL) 6609 { 6610 s = last_insert; 6611 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */ 6612 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL) 6613 *s++ = Ctrl_V; 6614 s = add_char2buf(c, s); 6615 *s++ = ESC; 6616 *s++ = NUL; 6617 last_insert_skip = 0; 6618 } 6619} 6620 6621#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO) 6622 void 6623free_last_insert() 6624{ 6625 vim_free(last_insert); 6626 last_insert = NULL; 6627# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 6628 vim_free(compl_orig_text); 6629 compl_orig_text = NULL; 6630# endif 6631} 6632#endif 6633 6634/* 6635 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL 6636 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters. 6637 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes. 6638 */ 6639 char_u * 6640add_char2buf(c, s) 6641 int c; 6642 char_u *s; 6643{ 6644#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6645 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES]; 6646 int i; 6647 int len; 6648 6649 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp); 6650 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i) 6651 { 6652 c = temp[i]; 6653#endif 6654 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */ 6655 if (c == K_SPECIAL) 6656 { 6657 *s++ = K_SPECIAL; 6658 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL; 6659 *s++ = KE_FILLER; 6660 } 6661#ifdef FEAT_GUI 6662 else if (c == CSI) 6663 { 6664 *s++ = CSI; 6665 *s++ = KS_EXTRA; 6666 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI; 6667 } 6668#endif 6669 else 6670 *s++ = c; 6671#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6672 } 6673#endif 6674 return s; 6675} 6676 6677/* 6678 * move cursor to start of line 6679 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white 6680 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set, 6681 * otherwise keep "curswant" column 6682 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL. 6683 */ 6684 void 6685beginline(flags) 6686 int flags; 6687{ 6688 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol) 6689 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6690 else 6691 { 6692 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 6693#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6694 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 6695#endif 6696 6697 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL)) 6698 { 6699 char_u *ptr; 6700 6701 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr) 6702 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr) 6703 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 6704 } 6705 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6706 } 6707} 6708 6709/* 6710 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up 6711 * 6712 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}. 6713 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed. 6714 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary. 6715 */ 6716 6717 int 6718oneright() 6719{ 6720 char_u *ptr; 6721 int l; 6722 6723#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6724 if (virtual_active()) 6725 { 6726 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor; 6727 6728 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */ 6729 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6730 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 6731# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6732 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 6733# else 6734 *ptr 6735# endif 6736 )) 6737 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1)); 6738 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6739 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */ 6740 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col 6741 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL; 6742 } 6743#endif 6744 6745 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6746 if (*ptr == NUL) 6747 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */ 6748 6749#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6750 if (has_mbyte) 6751 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr); 6752 else 6753#endif 6754 l = 1; 6755 6756 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit' 6757 * contains "onemore". */ 6758 if (ptr[l] == NUL 6759#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6760 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0 6761#endif 6762 ) 6763 return FAIL; 6764 curwin->w_cursor.col += l; 6765 6766 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6767 return OK; 6768} 6769 6770 int 6771oneleft() 6772{ 6773#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 6774 if (virtual_active()) 6775 { 6776 int width; 6777 int v = getviscol(); 6778 6779 if (v == 0) 6780 return FAIL; 6781 6782# ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK 6783 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */ 6784 width = 1; 6785 for (;;) 6786 { 6787 coladvance(v - width); 6788 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and 6789 * there are no multi-byte characters */ 6790 if ((*p_sbr == NUL 6791# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6792 && !has_mbyte 6793# endif 6794 ) || getviscol() < v) 6795 break; 6796 ++width; 6797 } 6798# else 6799 coladvance(v - 1); 6800# endif 6801 6802 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1) 6803 { 6804 char_u *ptr; 6805 6806 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */ 6807 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 6808 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc( 6809# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6810 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr) 6811# else 6812 *ptr 6813# endif 6814 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1) 6815 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 6816 } 6817 6818 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6819 return OK; 6820 } 6821#endif 6822 6823 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 6824 return FAIL; 6825 6826 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 6827 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 6828 6829#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 6830 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte 6831 * character, move to its first byte */ 6832 if (has_mbyte) 6833 mb_adjust_cursor(); 6834#endif 6835 return OK; 6836} 6837 6838 int 6839cursor_up(n, upd_topline) 6840 long n; 6841 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 6842{ 6843 linenr_T lnum; 6844 6845 if (n > 0) 6846 { 6847 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6848 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count 6849 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 6850 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 6851 return FAIL; 6852 if (n >= lnum) 6853 lnum = 1; 6854 else 6855#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6856 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 6857 { 6858 /* 6859 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line. 6860 */ 6861 /* go to the the start of the current fold */ 6862 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 6863 6864 while (n--) 6865 { 6866 /* move up one line */ 6867 --lnum; 6868 if (lnum <= 1) 6869 break; 6870 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in 6871 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open 6872 * in a moment. */ 6873 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL))) 6874 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL); 6875 } 6876 if (lnum < 1) 6877 lnum = 1; 6878 } 6879 else 6880#endif 6881 lnum -= n; 6882 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 6883 } 6884 6885 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 6886 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6887 6888 if (upd_topline) 6889 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 6890 6891 return OK; 6892} 6893 6894/* 6895 * Cursor down a number of logical lines. 6896 */ 6897 int 6898cursor_down(n, upd_topline) 6899 long n; 6900 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */ 6901{ 6902 linenr_T lnum; 6903 6904 if (n > 0) 6905 { 6906 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 6907#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6908 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */ 6909 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum); 6910#endif 6911 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move 6912 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */ 6913 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 6914 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 6915 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL)) 6916 return FAIL; 6917 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6918 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6919 else 6920#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 6921 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin)) 6922 { 6923 linenr_T last; 6924 6925 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */ 6926 while (n--) 6927 { 6928 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last)) 6929 lnum = last + 1; 6930 else 6931 ++lnum; 6932 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6933 break; 6934 } 6935 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 6936 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 6937 } 6938 else 6939#endif 6940 lnum += n; 6941 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; 6942 } 6943 6944 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */ 6945 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant); 6946 6947 if (upd_topline) 6948 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */ 6949 6950 return OK; 6951} 6952 6953/* 6954 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer. 6955 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we 6956 * first have to remove the command. 6957 */ 6958 int 6959stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc) 6960 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */ 6961 long count; /* Repeat this many times */ 6962 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */ 6963{ 6964 char_u *esc_ptr; 6965 char_u *ptr; 6966 char_u *last_ptr; 6967 char_u last = NUL; 6968 6969 ptr = get_last_insert(); 6970 if (ptr == NULL) 6971 { 6972 EMSG(_(e_noinstext)); 6973 return FAIL; 6974 } 6975 6976 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */ 6977 if (c != NUL) 6978 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 6979 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL) 6980 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */ 6981 6982 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC 6983 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr" 6984 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo 6985 */ 6986 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1; 6987 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^') 6988 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1))) 6989 { 6990 last = *last_ptr; 6991 *last_ptr = NUL; 6992 } 6993 6994 do 6995 { 6996 stuffReadbuff(ptr); 6997 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */ 6998 if (last) 6999 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0' 7000 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0") 7001 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^"))); 7002 } 7003 while (--count > 0); 7004 7005 if (last) 7006 *last_ptr = last; 7007 7008 if (esc_ptr != NULL) 7009 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */ 7010 7011 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */ 7012 if (!no_esc) 7013 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC); 7014 7015 return OK; 7016} 7017 7018 char_u * 7019get_last_insert() 7020{ 7021 if (last_insert == NULL) 7022 return NULL; 7023 return last_insert + last_insert_skip; 7024} 7025 7026/* 7027 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>. 7028 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL. 7029 */ 7030 char_u * 7031get_last_insert_save() 7032{ 7033 char_u *s; 7034 int len; 7035 7036 if (last_insert == NULL) 7037 return NULL; 7038 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip); 7039 if (s != NULL) 7040 { 7041 len = (int)STRLEN(s); 7042 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */ 7043 s[len - 1] = NUL; 7044 } 7045 return s; 7046} 7047 7048/* 7049 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation. 7050 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered. 7051 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and 7052 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c". 7053 */ 7054 static int 7055echeck_abbr(c) 7056 int c; 7057{ 7058 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just 7059 * after moving around with cursor keys. */ 7060 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used) 7061 return FALSE; 7062 7063 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col, 7064 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0); 7065} 7066 7067/* 7068 * replace-stack functions 7069 * 7070 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each 7071 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing. 7072 * 7073 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is 7074 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL 7075 * headed list is put back for the deleted character. 7076 * 7077 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters 7078 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor 7079 * that were deleted (always white space). 7080 * 7081 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new 7082 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many 7083 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character. 7084 */ 7085 7086static char_u *replace_stack = NULL; 7087static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */ 7088static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */ 7089 7090 void 7091replace_push(c) 7092 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */ 7093{ 7094 char_u *p; 7095 7096 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */ 7097 return; 7098 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr) 7099 { 7100 replace_stack_len += 50; 7101 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE); 7102 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */ 7103 { 7104 replace_stack_len -= 50; 7105 return; 7106 } 7107 if (replace_stack != NULL) 7108 { 7109 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack, 7110 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u))); 7111 vim_free(replace_stack); 7112 } 7113 replace_stack = p; 7114 } 7115 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset; 7116 if (replace_offset) 7117 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u))); 7118 *p = c; 7119 ++replace_stack_nr; 7120} 7121 7122#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO) 7123/* 7124 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in 7125 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first. 7126 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters). 7127 */ 7128 int 7129replace_push_mb(p) 7130 char_u *p; 7131{ 7132 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p); 7133 int j; 7134 7135 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j) 7136 replace_push(p[j]); 7137 return l; 7138} 7139#endif 7140 7141/* 7142 * Pop one item from the replace stack. 7143 * return -1 if stack empty 7144 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise 7145 */ 7146 static int 7147replace_pop() 7148{ 7149 if (replace_stack_nr == 0) 7150 return -1; 7151 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr]; 7152} 7153 7154/* 7155 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL 7156 * encountered. 7157 */ 7158 static void 7159replace_join(off) 7160 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */ 7161{ 7162 int i; 7163 7164 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; ) 7165 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0) 7166 { 7167 --replace_stack_nr; 7168 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1, 7169 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i)); 7170 return; 7171 } 7172} 7173 7174/* 7175 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them 7176 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode. 7177 */ 7178 static void 7179replace_pop_ins() 7180{ 7181 int cc; 7182 int oldState = State; 7183 7184 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */ 7185 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0) 7186 { 7187#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7188 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 7189#else 7190 ins_char(cc); 7191#endif 7192 dec_cursor(); 7193 } 7194 State = oldState; 7195} 7196 7197#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7198/* 7199 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it 7200 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too. 7201 */ 7202 static void 7203mb_replace_pop_ins(cc) 7204 int cc; 7205{ 7206 int n; 7207 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES]; 7208 int i; 7209 int c; 7210 7211 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1) 7212 { 7213 buf[0] = cc; 7214 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7215 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7216 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7217 } 7218 else 7219 ins_char(cc); 7220 7221 if (enc_utf8) 7222 /* Handle composing chars. */ 7223 for (;;) 7224 { 7225 c = replace_pop(); 7226 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */ 7227 break; 7228 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1) 7229 { 7230 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */ 7231 replace_push(c); 7232 break; 7233 } 7234 else 7235 { 7236 buf[0] = c; 7237 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i) 7238 buf[i] = replace_pop(); 7239 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf))) 7240 ins_bytes_len(buf, n); 7241 else 7242 { 7243 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */ 7244 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i) 7245 replace_push(buf[i]); 7246 break; 7247 } 7248 } 7249 } 7250} 7251#endif 7252 7253/* 7254 * make the replace stack empty 7255 * (called when exiting replace mode) 7256 */ 7257 static void 7258replace_flush() 7259{ 7260 vim_free(replace_stack); 7261 replace_stack = NULL; 7262 replace_stack_len = 0; 7263 replace_stack_nr = 0; 7264} 7265 7266/* 7267 * Handle doing a BS for one character. 7268 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor 7269 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it 7270 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back 7271 * and check for more characters to be put back 7272 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when 7273 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char(). 7274 */ 7275 static void 7276replace_do_bs(limit_col) 7277 int limit_col; 7278{ 7279 int cc; 7280#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7281 int orig_len = 0; 7282 int ins_len; 7283 int orig_vcols = 0; 7284 colnr_T start_vcol; 7285 char_u *p; 7286 int i; 7287 int vcol; 7288#endif 7289 7290 cc = replace_pop(); 7291 if (cc > 0) 7292 { 7293#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7294 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7295 { 7296 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are 7297 * going to delete. */ 7298 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL); 7299 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol); 7300 } 7301#endif 7302#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7303 if (has_mbyte) 7304 { 7305 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7306# ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7307 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7308 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 7309# endif 7310 replace_push(cc); 7311 } 7312 else 7313#endif 7314 { 7315 pchar_cursor(cc); 7316#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7317 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7318 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1; 7319#endif 7320 } 7321 replace_pop_ins(); 7322 7323#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 7324 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 7325 { 7326 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */ 7327 p = ml_get_cursor(); 7328 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len; 7329 vcol = start_vcol; 7330 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i) 7331 { 7332 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol); 7333#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7334 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1; 7335#endif 7336 } 7337 vcol -= start_vcol; 7338 7339 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the 7340 * text aligned. */ 7341 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len; 7342 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ') 7343 { 7344 del_char(FALSE); 7345 ++orig_vcols; 7346 } 7347 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len; 7348 } 7349#endif 7350 7351 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */ 7352 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col); 7353 } 7354 else if (cc == 0) 7355 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col); 7356} 7357 7358#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7359/* 7360 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on. 7361 */ 7362 static int 7363cindent_on() 7364{ 7365 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin 7366# ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7367 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL 7368# endif 7369 )); 7370} 7371#endif 7372 7373#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO) 7374/* 7375 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the 7376 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very 7377 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not. 7378 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent. 7379 */ 7380 7381 void 7382fixthisline(get_the_indent) 7383 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void)); 7384{ 7385 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE); 7386 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)) 7387 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */ 7388} 7389 7390 void 7391fix_indent() 7392{ 7393 if (p_paste) 7394 return; 7395# ifdef FEAT_LISP 7396 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai) 7397 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent); 7398# endif 7399# if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT) 7400 else 7401# endif 7402# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7403 if (cindent_on()) 7404 do_c_expr_indent(); 7405# endif 7406} 7407 7408#endif 7409 7410#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 7411/* 7412 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped", 7413 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert) 7414 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert) 7415 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards) 7416 * 7417 * "keytyped" can have a few special values: 7418 * KEY_OPEN_FORW 7419 * KEY_OPEN_BACK 7420 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion. 7421 * 7422 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them. 7423 */ 7424 int 7425in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty) 7426 int keytyped; 7427 int when; 7428 int line_is_empty; 7429{ 7430 char_u *look; 7431 int try_match; 7432 int try_match_word; 7433 char_u *p; 7434 char_u *line; 7435 int icase; 7436 int i; 7437 7438 if (keytyped == NUL) 7439 /* Can happen with CTRL-Y and CTRL-E on a short line. */ 7440 return FALSE; 7441 7442#ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7443 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL) 7444 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */ 7445 else 7446#endif 7447 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */ 7448 while (*look) 7449 { 7450 /* 7451 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on 7452 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key. 7453 */ 7454 switch (when) 7455 { 7456 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break; 7457 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break; 7458 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break; 7459 } 7460 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!') 7461 ++look; 7462 7463 /* 7464 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty. 7465 * But may still match when typing last char of a word. 7466 */ 7467 if (*look == '0') 7468 { 7469 try_match_word = try_match; 7470 if (!line_is_empty) 7471 try_match = FALSE; 7472 ++look; 7473 } 7474 else 7475 try_match_word = FALSE; 7476 7477 /* 7478 * does it look like a control character? 7479 */ 7480 if (*look == '^' 7481#ifdef EBCDIC 7482 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0) 7483#else 7484 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_' 7485#endif 7486 ) 7487 { 7488 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1])) 7489 return TRUE; 7490 look += 2; 7491 } 7492 /* 7493 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward. 7494 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward. 7495 */ 7496 else if (*look == 'o') 7497 { 7498 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW) 7499 return TRUE; 7500 ++look; 7501 } 7502 else if (*look == 'O') 7503 { 7504 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK) 7505 return TRUE; 7506 ++look; 7507 } 7508 7509 /* 7510 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the 7511 * cursor. 7512 */ 7513 else if (*look == 'e') 7514 { 7515 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4) 7516 { 7517 p = ml_get_curline(); 7518 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 && 7519 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0) 7520 return TRUE; 7521 } 7522 ++look; 7523 } 7524 7525 /* 7526 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case 7527 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix 7528 * class::method for C++). 7529 */ 7530 else if (*look == ':') 7531 { 7532 if (try_match && keytyped == ':') 7533 { 7534 p = ml_get_curline(); 7535 if (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 7536 || cin_islabel(30)) 7537 return TRUE; 7538 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */ 7539 p = ml_get_curline(); 7540 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2 7541 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':' 7542 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':') 7543 { 7544 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' '; 7545 i = (cin_iscase(p, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(p) 7546 || cin_islabel(30)); 7547 p = ml_get_curline(); 7548 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':'; 7549 if (i) 7550 return TRUE; 7551 } 7552 } 7553 ++look; 7554 } 7555 7556 7557 /* 7558 * Is it a key in <>, maybe? 7559 */ 7560 else if (*look == '<') 7561 { 7562 if (try_match) 7563 { 7564 /* 7565 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>, 7566 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <, 7567 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to. 7568 */ 7569 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL 7570 && keytyped == look[1]) 7571 return TRUE; 7572 7573 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1)) 7574 return TRUE; 7575 } 7576 while (*look && *look != '>') 7577 look++; 7578 while (*look == '>') 7579 look++; 7580 } 7581 7582 /* 7583 * Is it a word: "=word"? 7584 */ 7585 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL) 7586 { 7587 ++look; 7588 if (*look == '~') 7589 { 7590 icase = TRUE; 7591 ++look; 7592 } 7593 else 7594 icase = FALSE; 7595 p = vim_strchr(look, ','); 7596 if (p == NULL) 7597 p = look + STRLEN(look); 7598 if ((try_match || try_match_word) 7599 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look)) 7600 { 7601 int match = FALSE; 7602 7603#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7604 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE) 7605 { 7606 char_u *s; 7607 7608 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look". 7609 * search back for the start of a word. */ 7610 line = ml_get_curline(); 7611# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 7612 if (has_mbyte) 7613 { 7614 char_u *n; 7615 7616 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n) 7617 { 7618 n = mb_prevptr(line, s); 7619 if (!vim_iswordp(n)) 7620 break; 7621 } 7622 } 7623 else 7624# endif 7625 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s) 7626 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1])) 7627 break; 7628 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col 7629 && (icase 7630 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look) 7631 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0) 7632 match = TRUE; 7633 } 7634 else 7635#endif 7636 /* TODO: multi-byte */ 7637 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256 7638 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1]))) 7639 { 7640 line = ml_get_cursor(); 7641 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look) 7642 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1])) 7643 && (icase 7644 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look) 7645 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)) 7646 == 0) 7647 match = TRUE; 7648 } 7649 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match) 7650 { 7651 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the 7652 * word. */ 7653 line = ml_get_curline(); 7654 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) != 7655 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look))) 7656 match = FALSE; 7657 } 7658 if (match) 7659 return TRUE; 7660 } 7661 look = p; 7662 } 7663 7664 /* 7665 * ok, it's a boring generic character. 7666 */ 7667 else 7668 { 7669 if (try_match && *look == keytyped) 7670 return TRUE; 7671 ++look; 7672 } 7673 7674 /* 7675 * Skip over ", ". 7676 */ 7677 look = skip_to_option_part(look); 7678 } 7679 return FALSE; 7680} 7681#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */ 7682 7683#if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO) 7684/* 7685 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode. 7686 */ 7687 int 7688hkmap(c) 7689 int c; 7690{ 7691 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */ 7692 { 7693 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD, 7694 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN, 7695 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV}; 7696 static char_u map[26] = 7697 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/, 7698 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/, 7699 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/, 7700 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/, 7701 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/, 7702 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/, 7703 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/, 7704 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/, 7705 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/}; 7706 7707 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z') 7708 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph); 7709 /* '-1'='sofit' */ 7710 else if (c == 'x') 7711 return 'X'; 7712 else if (c == 'q') 7713 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */ 7714 else if (c == 246) 7715 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */ 7716 else if (c == 228) 7717 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7718 else if (c == 252) 7719 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */ 7720#ifdef EBCDIC 7721 else if (islower(c)) 7722#else 7723 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we 7724 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on 7725 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are 7726 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text. 7727 */ 7728 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') 7729#endif 7730 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph); 7731 else 7732 return c; 7733 } 7734 else 7735 { 7736 switch (c) 7737 { 7738 case '`': return ';'; 7739 case '/': return '.'; 7740 case '\'': return ','; 7741 case 'q': return '/'; 7742 case 'w': return '\''; 7743 7744 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */ 7745 case ',': c = '{'; break; 7746 case '.': c = 'v'; break; 7747 case ';': c = 't'; break; 7748 default: { 7749 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig"; 7750 7751#ifdef EBCDIC 7752 /* see note about islower() above */ 7753 if (!islower(c)) 7754#else 7755 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z') 7756#endif 7757 return c; 7758 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)]; 7759 break; 7760 } 7761 } 7762 7763 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph); 7764 } 7765} 7766#endif 7767 7768 static void 7769ins_reg() 7770{ 7771 int need_redraw = FALSE; 7772 int regname; 7773 int literally = 0; 7774#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 7775 int vis_active = VIsual_active; 7776#endif 7777 7778 /* 7779 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'. 7780 */ 7781 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 7782 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 7783 { 7784 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 7785 ins_redraw(FALSE); 7786 7787 edit_putchar('"', TRUE); 7788#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7789 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R); 7790#endif 7791 } 7792 7793#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 7794 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 7795#endif 7796 7797 /* 7798 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be 7799 * deleted when ESC is hit. 7800 */ 7801 ++no_mapping; 7802 regname = plain_vgetc(); 7803 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 7804 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P) 7805 { 7806 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */ 7807 literally = regname; 7808#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7809 add_to_showcmd_c(literally); 7810#endif 7811 regname = plain_vgetc(); 7812 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE); 7813 } 7814 --no_mapping; 7815 7816#ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7817 /* 7818 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression, 7819 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it! 7820 */ 7821 ++no_u_sync; 7822 if (regname == '=') 7823 { 7824# ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7825 int im_on = im_get_status(); 7826# endif 7827 regname = get_expr_register(); 7828# ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7829 /* Restore the Input Method. */ 7830 if (im_on) 7831 im_set_active(TRUE); 7832# endif 7833 } 7834 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE)) 7835 { 7836 vim_beep(); 7837 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 7838 } 7839 else 7840 { 7841#endif 7842 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P) 7843 { 7844 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */ 7845 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R); 7846 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally); 7847 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname); 7848 7849 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L, 7850 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND); 7851 } 7852 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL) 7853 { 7854 vim_beep(); 7855 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */ 7856 } 7857 else if (stop_insert_mode) 7858 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that 7859 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't 7860 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */ 7861 need_redraw = TRUE; 7862 7863#ifdef FEAT_EVAL 7864 } 7865 --no_u_sync; 7866#endif 7867#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 7868 clear_showcmd(); 7869#endif 7870 7871 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */ 7872 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty()) 7873 edit_unputchar(); 7874 7875#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 7876 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */ 7877 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active) 7878 end_visual_mode(); 7879#endif 7880} 7881 7882/* 7883 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode. 7884 */ 7885 static void 7886ins_ctrl_g() 7887{ 7888 int c; 7889 7890#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 7891 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */ 7892 setcursor(); 7893#endif 7894 7895 /* 7896 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be 7897 * deleted when ESC is hit. 7898 */ 7899 ++no_mapping; 7900 c = plain_vgetc(); 7901 --no_mapping; 7902 switch (c) 7903 { 7904 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */ 7905 case K_UP: 7906 case Ctrl_K: 7907 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE); 7908 break; 7909 7910 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */ 7911 case K_DOWN: 7912 case Ctrl_J: 7913 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE); 7914 break; 7915 7916 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */ 7917 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE); 7918 ins_need_undo = TRUE; 7919 7920 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins 7921 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */ 7922 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; 7923 break; 7924 7925 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */ 7926 default: vim_beep(); 7927 } 7928} 7929 7930/* 7931 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode. 7932 */ 7933 static void 7934ins_ctrl_hat() 7935{ 7936 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE)) 7937 { 7938 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */ 7939 if (State & LANGMAP) 7940 { 7941 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 7942 State &= ~LANGMAP; 7943 } 7944 else 7945 { 7946 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP; 7947 State |= LANGMAP; 7948#ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7949 im_set_active(FALSE); 7950#endif 7951 } 7952 } 7953#ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 7954 else 7955 { 7956 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */ 7957 if (im_get_status()) 7958 { 7959 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE; 7960 im_set_active(FALSE); 7961 } 7962 else 7963 { 7964 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM; 7965 State &= ~LANGMAP; 7966 im_set_active(TRUE); 7967 } 7968 } 7969#endif 7970 set_iminsert_global(); 7971 showmode(); 7972#ifdef FEAT_GUI 7973 /* may show different cursor shape or color */ 7974 if (gui.in_use) 7975 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); 7976#endif 7977#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP) 7978 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */ 7979 status_redraw_curbuf(); 7980#endif 7981} 7982 7983/* 7984 * Handle ESC in insert mode. 7985 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the 7986 * insert. 7987 */ 7988 static int 7989ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove) 7990 long *count; 7991 int cmdchar; 7992 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */ 7993{ 7994 int temp; 7995 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE; 7996 7997#ifdef FEAT_SPELL 7998 check_spell_redraw(); 7999#endif 8000#if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN) 8001# if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE) 8002 hangul_input_state_set(0); 8003# endif 8004 if (composing_hangul) 8005 { 8006 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2); 8007 composing_hangul = 0; 8008 } 8009#endif 8010 8011 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8012 if (disabled_redraw) 8013 { 8014 --RedrawingDisabled; 8015 disabled_redraw = FALSE; 8016 } 8017 if (!arrow_used) 8018 { 8019 /* 8020 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx". 8021 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for 8022 * when "count" is non-zero. 8023 */ 8024 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v') 8025 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR); 8026 8027 /* 8028 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for 8029 * interrupt now and then. 8030 */ 8031 if (*count > 0) 8032 { 8033 line_breakcheck(); 8034 if (got_int) 8035 *count = 0; 8036 } 8037 8038 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */ 8039 { 8040 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */ 8041 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL) 8042 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG; 8043 8044 (void)start_redo_ins(); 8045 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v') 8046 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */ 8047 ++RedrawingDisabled; 8048 disabled_redraw = TRUE; 8049 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */ 8050 } 8051 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE); 8052 undisplay_dollar(); 8053 } 8054 8055 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the 8056 * indent */ 8057 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col) 8058 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 8059 8060 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */ 8061 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps) 8062 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor; 8063 8064 /* 8065 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character. 8066 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line. 8067 */ 8068 if (!nomove 8069 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0 8070#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8071 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 8072#endif 8073 ) 8074 && (restart_edit == NUL 8075 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL 8076#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8077 && !VIsual_active 8078#endif 8079 )) 8080#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8081 && !revins_on 8082#endif 8083 ) 8084 { 8085#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8086 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL) 8087 { 8088 oneleft(); 8089 if (restart_edit != NUL) 8090 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8091 } 8092 else 8093#endif 8094 { 8095 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8096#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8097 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */ 8098 if (has_mbyte) 8099 mb_adjust_cursor(); 8100#endif 8101 } 8102 } 8103 8104#ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL 8105 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands. 8106 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as 8107 * well). */ 8108 if (!(State & LANGMAP)) 8109 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert); 8110 im_set_active(FALSE); 8111#endif 8112 8113 State = NORMAL; 8114 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */ 8115 changed_cline_bef_curs(); 8116 8117#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8118 setmouse(); 8119#endif 8120#ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8121 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8122#endif 8123 8124 /* 8125 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode. 8126 * Otherwise remove the mode message. 8127 */ 8128 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL) 8129 showmode(); 8130 else if (p_smd) 8131 MSG(""); 8132 8133 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */ 8134} 8135 8136#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8137/* 8138 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on. 8139 * Move to end of reverse inserted text. 8140 */ 8141 static void 8142ins_ctrl_() 8143{ 8144 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0) 8145 { 8146 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--) 8147 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 8148 } 8149 p_ri = !p_ri; 8150 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri); 8151 if (revins_on) 8152 { 8153 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8154 revins_legal++; 8155 revins_chars = 0; 8156 undisplay_dollar(); 8157 } 8158 else 8159 revins_scol = -1; 8160#ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8161 if (p_altkeymap) 8162 { 8163 /* 8164 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.' 8165 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo 8166 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert). 8167 */ 8168 arrow_used = TRUE; 8169 (void)stop_arrow(); 8170 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; 8171 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8172 State = INSERT; 8173 } 8174 else 8175#endif 8176 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */ 8177 showmode(); 8178} 8179#endif 8180 8181#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL 8182/* 8183 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. 8184 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed. 8185 */ 8186 static int 8187ins_start_select(c) 8188 int c; 8189{ 8190 if (km_startsel) 8191 switch (c) 8192 { 8193 case K_KHOME: 8194 case K_KEND: 8195 case K_PAGEUP: 8196 case K_KPAGEUP: 8197 case K_PAGEDOWN: 8198 case K_KPAGEDOWN: 8199# ifdef MACOS 8200 case K_LEFT: 8201 case K_RIGHT: 8202 case K_UP: 8203 case K_DOWN: 8204 case K_END: 8205 case K_HOME: 8206# endif 8207 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)) 8208 break; 8209 /* FALLTHROUGH */ 8210 case K_S_LEFT: 8211 case K_S_RIGHT: 8212 case K_S_UP: 8213 case K_S_DOWN: 8214 case K_S_END: 8215 case K_S_HOME: 8216 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with 8217 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */ 8218 start_selection(); 8219 8220 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */ 8221 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O); 8222 if (mod_mask) 8223 { 8224 char_u buf[4]; 8225 8226 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL; 8227 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER; 8228 buf[2] = mod_mask; 8229 buf[3] = NUL; 8230 stuffReadbuff(buf); 8231 } 8232 stuffcharReadbuff(c); 8233 return TRUE; 8234 } 8235 return FALSE; 8236} 8237#endif 8238 8239/* 8240 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode. 8241 */ 8242 static void 8243ins_insert(replaceState) 8244 int replaceState; 8245{ 8246#ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 8247 if (p_fkmap && p_ri) 8248 { 8249 beep_flush(); 8250 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */ 8251 return; 8252 } 8253#endif 8254 8255#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD 8256# ifdef FEAT_EVAL 8257 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, 8258 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" : 8259# ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8260 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" : 8261# endif 8262 "r"), 1); 8263# endif 8264 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf); 8265#endif 8266 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8267 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP); 8268 else 8269 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP); 8270 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS); 8271 showmode(); 8272#ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE 8273 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */ 8274#endif 8275} 8276 8277/* 8278 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode. 8279 */ 8280 static void 8281ins_ctrl_o() 8282{ 8283#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8284 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8285 restart_edit = 'V'; 8286 else 8287#endif 8288 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8289 restart_edit = 'R'; 8290 else 8291 restart_edit = 'I'; 8292#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8293 if (virtual_active()) 8294 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */ 8295 else 8296#endif 8297 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL); 8298} 8299 8300/* 8301 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one 8302 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>". 8303 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible 8304 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an 8305 * autoindent, we support it everywhere. 8306 */ 8307 static void 8308ins_shift(c, lastc) 8309 int c; 8310 int lastc; 8311{ 8312 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8313 return; 8314 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8315 8316 /* 8317 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent. 8318 */ 8319 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^') 8320 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 8321 { 8322 --curwin->w_cursor.col; 8323 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */ 8324 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */ 8325 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8326 replace_pop_ins(); 8327 if (lastc == '^') 8328 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */ 8329 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8330 } 8331 else 8332 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE); 8333 8334 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL) 8335 did_ai = FALSE; 8336#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8337 did_si = FALSE; 8338 can_si = FALSE; 8339 can_si_back = FALSE; 8340#endif 8341#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8342 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */ 8343#endif 8344} 8345 8346 static void 8347ins_del() 8348{ 8349 int temp; 8350 8351 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8352 return; 8353 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */ 8354 { 8355 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8356 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */ 8357 || do_join(2, FALSE, TRUE) == FAIL) 8358 vim_beep(); 8359 else 8360 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp; 8361 } 8362 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */ 8363 vim_beep(); 8364 did_ai = FALSE; 8365#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8366 did_si = FALSE; 8367 can_si = FALSE; 8368 can_si_back = FALSE; 8369#endif 8370 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL); 8371} 8372 8373static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp)); 8374 8375/* 8376 * Delete one character for ins_bs(). 8377 */ 8378 static void 8379ins_bs_one(vcolp) 8380 colnr_T *vcolp; 8381{ 8382 dec_cursor(); 8383 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL); 8384 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8385 { 8386 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in 8387 * Replace mode */ 8388 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8389 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col) 8390 replace_do_bs(-1); 8391 } 8392 else 8393 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8394} 8395 8396/* 8397 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode. 8398 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used. 8399 */ 8400 static int 8401ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p) 8402 int c; 8403 int mode; 8404 int *inserted_space_p; 8405{ 8406 linenr_T lnum; 8407 int cc; 8408 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */ 8409 colnr_T save_col; 8410 colnr_T mincol; 8411 int did_backspace = FALSE; 8412 int in_indent; 8413 int oldState; 8414#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8415 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */ 8416#endif 8417 8418 /* 8419 * can't delete anything in an empty file 8420 * can't backup past first character in buffer 8421 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1 8422 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0 8423 */ 8424 if ( bufempty() 8425 || ( 8426#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8427 !revins_on && 8428#endif 8429 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8430 || (!can_bs(BS_START) 8431 && (arrow_used 8432 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8433 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col))) 8434 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0 8435 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col) 8436 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)))) 8437 { 8438 vim_beep(); 8439 return FALSE; 8440 } 8441 8442 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 8443 return FALSE; 8444 in_indent = inindent(0); 8445#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8446 if (in_indent) 8447 can_cindent = FALSE; 8448#endif 8449#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 8450 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */ 8451#endif 8452#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8453 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */ 8454 inc_cursor(); 8455#endif 8456 8457#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 8458 /* Virtualedit: 8459 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space 8460 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd 8461 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going 8462 */ 8463 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 8464 { 8465 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8466 { 8467 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd; 8468 return TRUE; 8469 } 8470 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD) 8471 { 8472 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8473 return TRUE; 8474 } 8475 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 8476 } 8477#endif 8478 8479 /* 8480 * delete newline! 8481 */ 8482 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0) 8483 { 8484 lnum = Insstart.lnum; 8485 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8486#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8487 || revins_on 8488#endif 8489 ) 8490 { 8491 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2), 8492 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL) 8493 return FALSE; 8494 --Insstart.lnum; 8495 Insstart.col = MAXCOL; 8496 } 8497 /* 8498 * In replace mode: 8499 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it 8500 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back 8501 */ 8502 cc = -1; 8503 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8504 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */ 8505 /* 8506 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the 8507 * cursor. 8508 */ 8509 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum) 8510 { 8511 dec_cursor(); 8512 } 8513 else 8514 { 8515#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8516 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8517 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count) 8518#endif 8519 { 8520 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */ 8521 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 8522 8523 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at 8524 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken 8525 * again when auto-formatting. */ 8526 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO) 8527 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR)) 8528 { 8529 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 8530 TRUE); 8531 int len; 8532 8533 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr); 8534 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ') 8535 ptr[len - 1] = NUL; 8536 } 8537 8538 (void)do_join(2, FALSE, FALSE); 8539 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL) 8540 inc_cursor(); 8541 } 8542#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8543 else 8544 dec_cursor(); 8545#endif 8546 8547 /* 8548 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced 8549 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated 8550 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the 8551 * characters that NL replaced. 8552 */ 8553 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8554 { 8555 /* 8556 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to 8557 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and 8558 * avoiding showmatch(). 8559 */ 8560 oldState = State; 8561 State = NORMAL; 8562 /* 8563 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor 8564 */ 8565 while (cc > 0) 8566 { 8567 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8568#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8569 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc); 8570#else 8571 ins_char(cc); 8572#endif 8573 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8574 cc = replace_pop(); 8575 } 8576 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */ 8577 replace_pop_ins(); 8578 State = oldState; 8579 } 8580 } 8581 did_ai = FALSE; 8582 } 8583 else 8584 { 8585 /* 8586 * Delete character(s) before the cursor. 8587 */ 8588#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8589 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */ 8590 dec_cursor(); 8591#endif 8592 mincol = 0; 8593 /* keep indent */ 8594 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE 8595 && (curbuf->b_p_ai 8596#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8597 || cindent_on() 8598#endif 8599 ) 8600#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8601 && !revins_on 8602#endif 8603 ) 8604 { 8605 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8606 beginline(BL_WHITE); 8607 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col) 8608 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8609 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col; 8610 } 8611 8612 /* 8613 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'. 8614 */ 8615 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR 8616 && ((p_sta && in_indent) 8617 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0 8618 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 8619 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB 8620 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' ' 8621 && (!*inserted_space_p 8622 || arrow_used)))))) 8623 { 8624 int ts; 8625 colnr_T vcol; 8626 colnr_T want_vcol; 8627 colnr_T start_vcol; 8628 8629 *inserted_space_p = FALSE; 8630 if (p_sta && in_indent) 8631 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw; 8632 else 8633 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts; 8634 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since 8635 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of 8636 * the previous character. */ 8637 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8638 start_vcol = vcol; 8639 dec_cursor(); 8640 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol); 8641 inc_cursor(); 8642 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts; 8643 8644 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */ 8645 while (vcol > want_vcol 8646 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc))) 8647 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8648 8649 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */ 8650 while (vcol < want_vcol) 8651 { 8652 /* Remember the first char we inserted */ 8653 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8654 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 8655 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8656 8657#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 8658 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 8659 ins_char(' '); 8660 else 8661#endif 8662 { 8663 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 8664 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)) 8665 replace_push(NUL); 8666 } 8667 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 8668 } 8669 8670 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can 8671 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */ 8672 if (vcol >= start_vcol) 8673 ins_bs_one(&vcol); 8674 } 8675 8676 /* 8677 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word. 8678 */ 8679 else do 8680 { 8681#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8682 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */ 8683#endif 8684 dec_cursor(); 8685 8686 /* start of word? */ 8687 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor())) 8688 { 8689 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE; 8690 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor()); 8691 } 8692 /* end of word? */ 8693 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 8694 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor()) 8695 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp)) 8696 { 8697#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8698 if (!revins_on) 8699#endif 8700 inc_cursor(); 8701#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8702 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8703 dec_cursor(); 8704#endif 8705 break; 8706 } 8707 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) 8708 replace_do_bs(-1); 8709 else 8710 { 8711#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8712 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco) 8713 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc); 8714#endif 8715 (void)del_char(FALSE); 8716#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 8717 /* 8718 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set 8719 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base 8720 * character. 8721 */ 8722 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL) 8723 inc_cursor(); 8724#endif 8725#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8726 if (revins_chars) 8727 { 8728 revins_chars--; 8729 revins_legal++; 8730 } 8731 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL) 8732 break; 8733#endif 8734 } 8735 /* Just a single backspace?: */ 8736 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR) 8737 break; 8738 } while ( 8739#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 8740 revins_on || 8741#endif 8742 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol 8743 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum 8744 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col))); 8745 did_backspace = TRUE; 8746 } 8747#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 8748 did_si = FALSE; 8749 can_si = FALSE; 8750 can_si_back = FALSE; 8751#endif 8752 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1) 8753 did_ai = FALSE; 8754 /* 8755 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo 8756 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal 8757 * with. 8758 */ 8759 AppendCharToRedobuff(c); 8760 8761 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */ 8762 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum 8763 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col) 8764 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 8765 8766 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that 8767 * was there remains visible 8768 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that 8769 * was there is erased from the screen. 8770 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar 8771 * displayed even when there isn't. 8772 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */ 8773 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0) 8774 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol; 8775 8776#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 8777 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. 8778 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white 8779 * char before a Tab. */ 8780 if (did_backspace) 8781 foldOpenCursor(); 8782#endif 8783 8784 return did_backspace; 8785} 8786 8787#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE 8788 static void 8789ins_mouse(c) 8790 int c; 8791{ 8792 pos_T tpos; 8793 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 8794 8795# ifdef FEAT_GUI 8796 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */ 8797 if (!gui.in_use) 8798# endif 8799 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT)) 8800 return; 8801 8802 undisplay_dollar(); 8803 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8804 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0)) 8805 { 8806#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8807 win_T *new_curwin = curwin; 8808 8809 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin)) 8810 { 8811 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the 8812 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */ 8813 curwin = old_curwin; 8814 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8815 } 8816#endif 8817 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL); 8818#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8819 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin)) 8820 { 8821 curwin = new_curwin; 8822 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8823 } 8824#endif 8825# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8826 can_cindent = TRUE; 8827# endif 8828 } 8829 8830#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 8831 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */ 8832 redraw_statuslines(); 8833#endif 8834} 8835 8836 static void 8837ins_mousescroll(dir) 8838 int dir; 8839{ 8840 pos_T tpos; 8841# if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8842 win_T *old_curwin = curwin; 8843# endif 8844# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8845 int did_scroll = FALSE; 8846# endif 8847 8848 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8849 8850# if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8851 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */ 8852 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0) 8853 { 8854 int row, col; 8855 8856 row = mouse_row; 8857 col = mouse_col; 8858 8859 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */ 8860 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col); 8861 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8862 } 8863 if (curwin == old_curwin) 8864# endif 8865 undisplay_dollar(); 8866 8867# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8868 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */ 8869 if (!pum_visible() 8870# if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8871 || curwin != old_curwin 8872# endif 8873 ) 8874# endif 8875 { 8876 if (dir == MSCR_DOWN || dir == MSCR_UP) 8877 { 8878 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 8879 scroll_redraw(dir, 8880 (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline)); 8881 else 8882 scroll_redraw(dir, 3L); 8883 } 8884#ifdef FEAT_GUI 8885 else 8886 { 8887 int val, step = 6; 8888 8889 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL)) 8890 step = W_WIDTH(curwin); 8891 val = curwin->w_leftcol + (dir == MSCR_RIGHT ? -step : step); 8892 if (val < 0) 8893 val = 0; 8894 gui_do_horiz_scroll(val, TRUE); 8895 } 8896#endif 8897# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8898 did_scroll = TRUE; 8899# endif 8900 } 8901 8902# if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) 8903 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE; 8904 8905 curwin = old_curwin; 8906 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer; 8907# endif 8908 8909# ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 8910 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it. 8911 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are 8912 * overlapped by the popup menu. */ 8913 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll) 8914 { 8915 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID); 8916 ins_compl_show_pum(); 8917 } 8918# endif 8919 8920 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos)) 8921 { 8922 start_arrow(&tpos); 8923# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8924 can_cindent = TRUE; 8925# endif 8926 } 8927} 8928#endif 8929 8930#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) 8931 static void 8932ins_tabline(c) 8933 int c; 8934{ 8935 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */ 8936 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE 8937 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab))) 8938 { 8939 undisplay_dollar(); 8940 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 8941# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8942 can_cindent = TRUE; 8943# endif 8944 } 8945 8946 if (c == K_TABLINE) 8947 goto_tabpage(current_tab); 8948 else 8949 { 8950 handle_tabmenu(); 8951 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */ 8952 } 8953} 8954#endif 8955 8956#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO) 8957 void 8958ins_scroll() 8959{ 8960 pos_T tpos; 8961 8962 undisplay_dollar(); 8963 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8964 if (gui_do_scroll()) 8965 { 8966 start_arrow(&tpos); 8967# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8968 can_cindent = TRUE; 8969# endif 8970 } 8971} 8972 8973 void 8974ins_horscroll() 8975{ 8976 pos_T tpos; 8977 8978 undisplay_dollar(); 8979 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 8980 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll(scrollbar_value, FALSE)) 8981 { 8982 start_arrow(&tpos); 8983# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 8984 can_cindent = TRUE; 8985# endif 8986 } 8987} 8988#endif 8989 8990 static void 8991ins_left() 8992{ 8993 pos_T tpos; 8994 8995#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 8996 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 8997 foldOpenCursor(); 8998#endif 8999 undisplay_dollar(); 9000 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9001 if (oneleft() == OK) 9002 { 9003#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK) 9004 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will 9005 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */ 9006 if (!im_is_preediting()) 9007#endif 9008 start_arrow(&tpos); 9009#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9010 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */ 9011 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol) 9012 revins_legal++; 9013 revins_chars++; 9014#endif 9015 } 9016 9017 /* 9018 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to 9019 * previous line 9020 */ 9021 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9022 { 9023 start_arrow(&tpos); 9024 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); 9025 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9026 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */ 9027 } 9028 else 9029 vim_beep(); 9030} 9031 9032 static void 9033ins_home(c) 9034 int c; 9035{ 9036 pos_T tpos; 9037 9038#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9039 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9040 foldOpenCursor(); 9041#endif 9042 undisplay_dollar(); 9043 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9044 if (c == K_C_HOME) 9045 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1; 9046 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9047#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9048 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0; 9049#endif 9050 curwin->w_curswant = 0; 9051 start_arrow(&tpos); 9052} 9053 9054 static void 9055ins_end(c) 9056 int c; 9057{ 9058 pos_T tpos; 9059 9060#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9061 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9062 foldOpenCursor(); 9063#endif 9064 undisplay_dollar(); 9065 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9066 if (c == K_C_END) 9067 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; 9068 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL); 9069 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL; 9070 9071 start_arrow(&tpos); 9072} 9073 9074 static void 9075ins_s_left() 9076{ 9077#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9078 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9079 foldOpenCursor(); 9080#endif 9081 undisplay_dollar(); 9082 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9083 { 9084 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9085 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE); 9086 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9087 } 9088 else 9089 vim_beep(); 9090} 9091 9092 static void 9093ins_right() 9094{ 9095#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9096 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9097 foldOpenCursor(); 9098#endif 9099 undisplay_dollar(); 9100 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL 9101#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9102 || virtual_active() 9103#endif 9104 ) 9105 { 9106 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9107 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9108#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9109 if (virtual_active()) 9110 oneright(); 9111 else 9112#endif 9113 { 9114#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9115 if (has_mbyte) 9116 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor()); 9117 else 9118#endif 9119 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; 9120 } 9121 9122#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9123 revins_legal++; 9124 if (revins_chars) 9125 revins_chars--; 9126#endif 9127 } 9128 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the 9129 * cursor to the next line */ 9130 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL 9131 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9132 { 9133 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9134 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9135 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum; 9136 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; 9137 } 9138 else 9139 vim_beep(); 9140} 9141 9142 static void 9143ins_s_right() 9144{ 9145#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9146 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped) 9147 foldOpenCursor(); 9148#endif 9149 undisplay_dollar(); 9150 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count 9151 || gchar_cursor() != NUL) 9152 { 9153 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9154 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0); 9155 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; 9156 } 9157 else 9158 vim_beep(); 9159} 9160 9161 static void 9162ins_up(startcol) 9163 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9164{ 9165 pos_T tpos; 9166 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9167#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9168 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9169#endif 9170 9171 undisplay_dollar(); 9172 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9173 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9174 { 9175 if (startcol) 9176 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9177 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9178#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9179 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9180#endif 9181 ) 9182 redraw_later(VALID); 9183 start_arrow(&tpos); 9184#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9185 can_cindent = TRUE; 9186#endif 9187 } 9188 else 9189 vim_beep(); 9190} 9191 9192 static void 9193ins_pageup() 9194{ 9195 pos_T tpos; 9196 9197 undisplay_dollar(); 9198 9199#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9200 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9201 { 9202 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */ 9203 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9204 { 9205 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9206 goto_tabpage(-1); 9207 } 9208 return; 9209 } 9210#endif 9211 9212 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9213 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK) 9214 { 9215 start_arrow(&tpos); 9216#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9217 can_cindent = TRUE; 9218#endif 9219 } 9220 else 9221 vim_beep(); 9222} 9223 9224 static void 9225ins_down(startcol) 9226 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */ 9227{ 9228 pos_T tpos; 9229 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline; 9230#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9231 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill; 9232#endif 9233 9234 undisplay_dollar(); 9235 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9236 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK) 9237 { 9238 if (startcol) 9239 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart)); 9240 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline 9241#ifdef FEAT_DIFF 9242 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill 9243#endif 9244 ) 9245 redraw_later(VALID); 9246 start_arrow(&tpos); 9247#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9248 can_cindent = TRUE; 9249#endif 9250 } 9251 else 9252 vim_beep(); 9253} 9254 9255 static void 9256ins_pagedown() 9257{ 9258 pos_T tpos; 9259 9260 undisplay_dollar(); 9261 9262#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS 9263 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL) 9264 { 9265 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */ 9266 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL) 9267 { 9268 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor); 9269 goto_tabpage(0); 9270 } 9271 return; 9272 } 9273#endif 9274 9275 tpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9276 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK) 9277 { 9278 start_arrow(&tpos); 9279#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9280 can_cindent = TRUE; 9281#endif 9282 } 9283 else 9284 vim_beep(); 9285} 9286 9287#ifdef FEAT_DND 9288 static void 9289ins_drop() 9290{ 9291 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND); 9292} 9293#endif 9294 9295/* 9296 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode. 9297 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character. 9298 */ 9299 static int 9300ins_tab() 9301{ 9302 int ind; 9303 int i; 9304 int temp; 9305 9306 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum) 9307 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol(); 9308 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF)) 9309 return FALSE; 9310 9311 ind = inindent(0); 9312#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9313 if (ind) 9314 can_cindent = FALSE; 9315#endif 9316 9317 /* 9318 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character 9319 */ 9320 if (!curbuf->b_p_et 9321 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw) 9322 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0) 9323 return TRUE; 9324 9325 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9326 return TRUE; 9327 9328 did_ai = FALSE; 9329#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9330 did_si = FALSE; 9331 can_si = FALSE; 9332 can_si_back = FALSE; 9333#endif 9334 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t"); 9335 9336 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */ 9337 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw; 9338 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */ 9339 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts; 9340 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */ 9341 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; 9342 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp; 9343 9344 /* 9345 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in 9346 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any 9347 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters. 9348 */ 9349 ins_char(' '); 9350 while (--temp > 0) 9351 { 9352#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9353 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9354 ins_char(' '); 9355 else 9356#endif 9357 { 9358 ins_str((char_u *)" "); 9359 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */ 9360 replace_push(NUL); 9361 } 9362 } 9363 9364 /* 9365 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible. 9366 */ 9367 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind))) 9368 { 9369 char_u *ptr; 9370#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9371 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */ 9372 pos_T pos; 9373#endif 9374 pos_T fpos; 9375 pos_T *cursor; 9376 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol; 9377 int change_col = -1; 9378 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list; 9379 9380 /* 9381 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes 9382 * yet, just work on a copy of the line. 9383 */ 9384#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9385 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9386 { 9387 pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9388 cursor = &pos; 9389 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); 9390 if (saved_line == NULL) 9391 return FALSE; 9392 ptr = saved_line + pos.col; 9393 } 9394 else 9395#endif 9396 { 9397 ptr = ml_get_cursor(); 9398 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor; 9399 } 9400 9401 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */ 9402 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9403 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE; 9404 9405 /* Find first white before the cursor */ 9406 fpos = curwin->w_cursor; 9407 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1])) 9408 { 9409 --fpos.col; 9410 --ptr; 9411 } 9412 9413 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */ 9414 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9415 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum 9416 && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9417 { 9418 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col; 9419 fpos.col = Insstart.col; 9420 } 9421 9422 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */ 9423 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL); 9424 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL); 9425 9426 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and 9427 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */ 9428 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr)) 9429 { 9430 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol); 9431 if (vcol + i > want_vcol) 9432 break; 9433 if (*ptr != TAB) 9434 { 9435 *ptr = TAB; 9436 if (change_col < 0) 9437 { 9438 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */ 9439 /* May have to adjust Insstart */ 9440 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col) 9441 Insstart.col = fpos.col; 9442 } 9443 } 9444 ++fpos.col; 9445 ++ptr; 9446 vcol += i; 9447 } 9448 9449 if (change_col >= 0) 9450 { 9451 int repl_off = 0; 9452 9453 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */ 9454 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ') 9455 { 9456 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol); 9457 ++ptr; 9458 ++repl_off; 9459 } 9460 if (vcol > want_vcol) 9461 { 9462 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */ 9463 --ptr; 9464 --repl_off; 9465 } 9466 fpos.col += repl_off; 9467 9468 /* Delete following spaces. */ 9469 i = cursor->col - fpos.col; 9470 if (i > 0) 9471 { 9472 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i); 9473 /* correct replace stack. */ 9474 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9475#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9476 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9477#endif 9478 ) 9479 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; ) 9480 replace_join(repl_off); 9481 } 9482#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG 9483 if (netbeans_active()) 9484 { 9485 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, (long)(i + 1)); 9486 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col, 9487 (char_u *)"\t", 1); 9488 } 9489#endif 9490 cursor->col -= i; 9491 9492#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9493 /* 9494 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by 9495 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new 9496 * spacing. 9497 */ 9498 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9499 { 9500 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */ 9501 backspace_until_column(change_col); 9502 9503 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to 9504 * ptr-cursor */ 9505 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col, 9506 cursor->col - change_col); 9507 } 9508#endif 9509 } 9510 9511#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9512 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9513 vim_free(saved_line); 9514#endif 9515 curwin->w_p_list = save_list; 9516 } 9517 9518 return FALSE; 9519} 9520 9521/* 9522 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode. 9523 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo. 9524 */ 9525 static int 9526ins_eol(c) 9527 int c; 9528{ 9529 int i; 9530 9531 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF)) 9532 return FALSE; 9533 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL) 9534 return TRUE; 9535 undisplay_dollar(); 9536 9537 /* 9538 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the 9539 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack, 9540 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted. 9541 */ 9542 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) 9543#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9544 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9545#endif 9546 ) 9547 replace_push(NUL); 9548 9549 /* 9550 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts 9551 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the 9552 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done 9553 * in open_line(). 9554 */ 9555 9556#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT 9557 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after 9558 * CTRL-O). */ 9559 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0) 9560 coladvance(getviscol()); 9561#endif 9562 9563#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9564# ifdef FEAT_FKMAP 9565 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap) 9566 fkmap(NL); 9567# endif 9568 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of 9569 * current line. */ 9570 if (revins_on) 9571 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()); 9572#endif 9573 9574 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR); 9575 i = open_line(FORWARD, 9576#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS 9577 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 9578#endif 9579 0, old_indent); 9580 old_indent = 0; 9581#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT 9582 can_cindent = TRUE; 9583#endif 9584#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING 9585 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */ 9586 foldOpenCursor(); 9587#endif 9588 9589 return (!i); 9590} 9591 9592#ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS 9593/* 9594 * Handle digraph in insert mode. 9595 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be 9596 * done. 9597 */ 9598 static int 9599ins_digraph() 9600{ 9601 int c; 9602 int cc; 9603 9604 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET; 9605 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9606 { 9607 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9608 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9609 9610 edit_putchar('?', TRUE); 9611#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9612 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K); 9613#endif 9614 } 9615 9616#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL 9617 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */ 9618#endif 9619 9620 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the 9621 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */ 9622 ++no_mapping; 9623 ++allow_keys; 9624 c = plain_vgetc(); 9625 --no_mapping; 9626 --allow_keys; 9627 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the start 9628 of the next line and will not be redrawn */ 9629 9630 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */ 9631 { 9632#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9633 clear_showcmd(); 9634#endif 9635 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 9636 return NUL; 9637 } 9638 if (c != ESC) 9639 { 9640 if (redrawing() && !char_avail()) 9641 { 9642 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */ 9643 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9644 9645 if (char2cells(c) == 1) 9646 { 9647 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing 9648 * an ESC next */ 9649 edit_unputchar(); 9650 ins_redraw(FALSE); 9651 edit_putchar(c, TRUE); 9652 } 9653#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9654 add_to_showcmd_c(c); 9655#endif 9656 } 9657 ++no_mapping; 9658 ++allow_keys; 9659 cc = plain_vgetc(); 9660 --no_mapping; 9661 --allow_keys; 9662 edit_unputchar(); /* when line fits in 'columns' the '?' is at the 9663 start of the next line and will not be redrawn */ 9664 if (cc != ESC) 9665 { 9666 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); 9667 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE); 9668#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9669 clear_showcmd(); 9670#endif 9671 return c; 9672 } 9673 } 9674#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO 9675 clear_showcmd(); 9676#endif 9677 return NUL; 9678} 9679#endif 9680 9681/* 9682 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line. 9683 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found. 9684 */ 9685 static int 9686ins_copychar(lnum) 9687 linenr_T lnum; 9688{ 9689 int c; 9690 int temp; 9691 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr; 9692 9693 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) 9694 { 9695 vim_beep(); 9696 return NUL; 9697 } 9698 9699 /* try to advance to the cursor column */ 9700 temp = 0; 9701 ptr = ml_get(lnum); 9702 prev_ptr = ptr; 9703 validate_virtcol(); 9704 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL) 9705 { 9706 prev_ptr = ptr; 9707 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp); 9708 } 9709 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol) 9710 ptr = prev_ptr; 9711 9712#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE 9713 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr); 9714#else 9715 c = *ptr; 9716#endif 9717 if (c == NUL) 9718 vim_beep(); 9719 return c; 9720} 9721 9722/* 9723 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode. 9724 */ 9725 static int 9726ins_ctrl_ey(tc) 9727 int tc; 9728{ 9729 int c = tc; 9730 9731#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND 9732 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL) 9733 { 9734 if (c == Ctrl_Y) 9735 scrolldown_clamp(); 9736 else 9737 scrollup_clamp(); 9738 redraw_later(VALID); 9739 } 9740 else 9741#endif 9742 { 9743 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1)); 9744 if (c != NUL) 9745 { 9746 long tw_save; 9747 9748 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it 9749 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth' 9750 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a 9751 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */ 9752 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c)) 9753 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */ 9754 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw; 9755 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1; 9756 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE); 9757 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save; 9758#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT 9759 revins_chars++; 9760 revins_legal++; 9761#endif 9762 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */ 9763 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE); 9764 } 9765 } 9766 return c; 9767} 9768 9769#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT 9770/* 9771 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting. 9772 * Used when inserting a "normal" character. 9773 */ 9774 static void 9775ins_try_si(c) 9776 int c; 9777{ 9778 pos_T *pos, old_pos; 9779 char_u *ptr; 9780 int i; 9781 int temp; 9782 9783 /* 9784 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}' 9785 */ 9786 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}')) 9787 { 9788 /* 9789 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{' 9790 */ 9791 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL) 9792 { 9793 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9794 /* 9795 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring 9796 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line 9797 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the 9798 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple 9799 * lines -- webb 9800 */ 9801 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum); 9802 i = pos->col; 9803 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */ 9804 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i])) 9805 ; 9806 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum; 9807 curwin->w_cursor.col = i; 9808 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL) 9809 curwin->w_cursor = *pos; 9810 i = get_indent(); 9811 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 9812#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE 9813 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG) 9814 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE); 9815 else 9816#endif 9817 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED); 9818 } 9819 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0) 9820 { 9821 /* 9822 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not 9823 * more than indent of previous line 9824 */ 9825 temp = TRUE; 9826 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9827 { 9828 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor; 9829 i = get_indent(); 9830 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1) 9831 { 9832 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))); 9833 9834 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */ 9835 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL) 9836 break; 9837 } 9838 if (get_indent() >= i) 9839 temp = FALSE; 9840 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos; 9841 } 9842 if (temp) 9843 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE); 9844 } 9845 } 9846 9847 /* 9848 * set indent of '#' always to 0 9849 */ 9850 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#') 9851 { 9852 /* remember current indent for next line */ 9853 old_indent = get_indent(); 9854 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED); 9855 } 9856 9857 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */ 9858 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col) 9859 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col; 9860} 9861#endif 9862 9863/* 9864 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off. 9865 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag. 9866 */ 9867 static colnr_T 9868get_nolist_virtcol() 9869{ 9870 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL) 9871 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor); 9872 validate_virtcol(); 9873 return curwin->w_virtcol; 9874} 9875